ML12055A179: Difference between revisions

From kanterella
Jump to navigation Jump to search
(Created page by program invented by StriderTol)
(Created page by program invented by StriderTol)
Line 43: Line 43:
SRO 3.6 Text Field:
SRO 3.6 Text Field:
007K2.03 Comments: New question, Hi Cog., RO Level EPE: 007 Reactor Trip EK2 Knowledge of the interrelations between a reactor trip and the following:
007K2.03 Comments: New question, Hi Cog., RO Level EPE: 007 Reactor Trip EK2 Knowledge of the interrelations between a reactor trip and the following:
(CFR 41.7 / 45.7)
(CFR 41.7 / 45.7)
EK2.03 Reactor trip status panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.5 3.6
EK2.03 Reactor trip status panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.5 3.6


Line 118: Line 118:
015/017AA2.10 Comments: New Question, RO Level, Low Cog.
015/017AA2.10 Comments: New Question, RO Level, Low Cog.
015/017 Reactor Coolant Pump (RCP) Malfunctions AA2. Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to the Reactor Coolant Pump Malfunctions (Loss of RC Flow):
015/017 Reactor Coolant Pump (RCP) Malfunctions AA2. Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to the Reactor Coolant Pump Malfunctions (Loss of RC Flow):
(CFR 43.5 / 45.13)
(CFR 43.5 / 45.13)
AA2.10 When to secure RCPs on loss of cooling or seal injection . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.7 /3.7
AA2.10 When to secure RCPs on loss of cooling or seal injection . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.7 /3.7


Line 190: Line 190:
025AK2.03 Comments: New Question High Cog RO Level 025 Loss of Residual Heat Removal System (RHRS)
025AK2.03 Comments: New Question High Cog RO Level 025 Loss of Residual Heat Removal System (RHRS)
AK2. Knowledge of the interrelations between the Loss of Residual Heat Removal System and the following:
AK2. Knowledge of the interrelations between the Loss of Residual Heat Removal System and the following:
(CFR 41.7 / 45.7)
(CFR 41.7 / 45.7)
AK2.03 Service water or closed cooling water pumps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.7 2.7
AK2.03 Service water or closed cooling water pumps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.7 2.7


Line 225: Line 225:
SRO 3.9 Text Field:
SRO 3.9 Text Field:
027AA1.01 Comments: Bank Question, HI Cog, RO Level 027 Pressurizer Pressure Control System (PZR PCS) Malfunction AA1. Ability to operate and / or monitor the following as they apply to the Pressurizer Pressure Control Malfunctions:
027AA1.01 Comments: Bank Question, HI Cog, RO Level 027 Pressurizer Pressure Control System (PZR PCS) Malfunction AA1. Ability to operate and / or monitor the following as they apply to the Pressurizer Pressure Control Malfunctions:
(CFR 41.7 / 45.5 / 45.6)
(CFR 41.7 / 45.5 / 45.6)
AA1.01 PZR heaters, sprays, and PORVs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.0 3.9
AA1.01 PZR heaters, sprays, and PORVs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.0 3.9


Line 302: Line 302:
038K1.01 Comments: New Question High Cog RO Level 038 Steam Generator Tube Rupture (SGTR)
038K1.01 Comments: New Question High Cog RO Level 038 Steam Generator Tube Rupture (SGTR)
K/A NO. KNOWLEDGE RO SRO EK1 Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to the SGTR:
K/A NO. KNOWLEDGE RO SRO EK1 Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to the SGTR:
(CFR 41.8 / 41.10 / 45.3)
(CFR 41.8 / 41.10 / 45.3)
EK1.01 Use of steam tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 3.4
EK1.01 Use of steam tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 3.4


Line 351: Line 351:
054AA2.06 Comments: Bank Question 2011 Braidwood Cert Exam Hi Cog RO Level 054 Loss of Main Feedwater (MFW)
054AA2.06 Comments: Bank Question 2011 Braidwood Cert Exam Hi Cog RO Level 054 Loss of Main Feedwater (MFW)
AA2. Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to the Loss of Main Feedwater (MFW):
AA2. Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to the Loss of Main Feedwater (MFW):
(CFR: 43.5 / 45.13)
(CFR: 43.5 / 45.13)
AA2.06 AFW adjustments needed to maintain proper T
AA2.06 AFW adjustments needed to maintain proper T
-ave. and S/G level . . . . . . . . 4.0 4.3
-ave. and S/G level . . . . . . . . 4.0 4.3
Line 384: Line 384:
RO 4.6 Num Field 2:
RO 4.6 Num Field 2:
SRO 4.8 Text Field:
SRO 4.8 Text Field:
055 G 2.4.1 Comments: New Question Low Cog 055 Loss of Offsite and Onsite Power (Station Blackout)
055 G 2.4.1 Comments: New Question Low Cog 055 Loss of Offsite and Onsite Power (Station Blackout) 2.4 Emergency Procedures / Plan 2.4.1 Knowledge of EOP entry conditions and immediate action steps.
 
===2.4 Emergency===
Procedures / Plan
 
====2.4.1 Knowledge====
of EOP entry conditions and immediate action steps.
l (CFR: 41.10 / 43.5 / 45.13) l IMPORTANCE RO 4.6 SRO 4.8
l (CFR: 41.10 / 43.5 / 45.13) l IMPORTANCE RO 4.6 SRO 4.8


Line 420: Line 414:
SRO 3.5 Text Field:
SRO 3.5 Text Field:
057 AA2.07 Comments: New Question High Cog RO Level 057 Loss of Vital AC Electrical Instrument Bus AA2. Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to the Loss of Vital AC Instrument Bus:
057 AA2.07 Comments: New Question High Cog RO Level 057 Loss of Vital AC Electrical Instrument Bus AA2. Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to the Loss of Vital AC Instrument Bus:
(CFR: 43.5 / 45.13)
(CFR: 43.5 / 45.13)
AA2.07 Valve indicator of charging pump suction valve from RWST . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.3 3.5
AA2.07 Valve indicator of charging pump suction valve from RWST . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.3 3.5


Line 514: Line 508:


065 Loss of Instrument Air AA1. Ability to operate and / or monitor the following as they apply to the Loss of Instrument Air:
065 Loss of Instrument Air AA1. Ability to operate and / or monitor the following as they apply to the Loss of Instrument Air:
(CFR 41.7 / 45.5 / 45.6)
(CFR 41.7 / 45.5 / 45.6)
AA1.03 Restoration of systems served by instrument air when pressure is regained 2.9 3.1 ref: 4030 CV27 (8389B) and CV
AA1.03 Restoration of systems served by instrument air when pressure is regained 2.9 3.1 ref: 4030 CV27 (8389B) and CV
-28 (8160)   
-28 (8160)   
Line 545: Line 539:
3.8 Text Field:
3.8 Text Field:
WE04EK3.3 Comments: Bank Question,Low Cog, RO Level E04 LOCA Outside Containment EK3. Knowledge of the reasons for the following responses as they apply to the (LOCA Outside Containment)
WE04EK3.3 Comments: Bank Question,Low Cog, RO Level E04 LOCA Outside Containment EK3. Knowledge of the reasons for the following responses as they apply to the (LOCA Outside Containment)
(CFR: 41.5 / 41.10, 45.6, 45.13)
(CFR: 41.5 / 41.10, 45.6, 45.13)
EK3.3 Manipulation of controls required to obtain desired operating results during abnormal, and emergency situations
EK3.3 Manipulation of controls required to obtain desired operating results during abnormal, and emergency situations
. IMPORTANCE RO 3.8 SRO 3.8
. IMPORTANCE RO 3.8 SRO 3.8
Line 583: Line 577:
WE11EK3.3 Comments: Bank Question, Low Cog., RO level WOG background document for CA
WE11EK3.3 Comments: Bank Question, Low Cog., RO level WOG background document for CA
-1.1 E11 Loss of Emergency Coolant Recirculation EK3. Knowledge of the reasons for the following responses as they apply to the (Loss of Emergency Coolant Recirculation)
-1.1 E11 Loss of Emergency Coolant Recirculation EK3. Knowledge of the reasons for the following responses as they apply to the (Loss of Emergency Coolant Recirculation)
(CFR: 41.5 / 41.10, 45.6, 45.13)
(CFR: 41.5 / 41.10, 45.6, 45.13)
EK3.3 Manipulation of controls required to obtain desired operating results during abnormal, and emergency situations.
EK3.3 Manipulation of controls required to obtain desired operating results during abnormal, and emergency situations.
IMPORTANCE RO 3.8 SRO 3.8
IMPORTANCE RO 3.8 SRO 3.8
Line 597: Line 591:
-establish AF flow.
-establish AF flow.
With the above conditions, which one of the following conditions would require the crew to IMMEDIATELY initiate Bleed and Feed?
With the above conditions, which one of the following conditions would require the crew to IMMEDIATELY initiate Bleed and Feed?
(consider each choice separately)
(consider each choice separately)
A. 1A CV pump TRIPS.
A. 1A CV pump TRIPS.
B. RCS pressure RISES to 2300 psig.
B. RCS pressure RISES to 2300 psig.
Line 627: Line 621:
SRO 4.1 Text Field:
SRO 4.1 Text Field:
W/E05K1.03 Comments: From 2009 Braidwood NRC Exam High Cog RO Level E05 Loss of Secondary Heat Sink EK1. Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to the (Loss of Secondary Heat Sink)
W/E05K1.03 Comments: From 2009 Braidwood NRC Exam High Cog RO Level E05 Loss of Secondary Heat Sink EK1. Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to the (Loss of Secondary Heat Sink)
(CFR: 41.8 / 41.10, 45.3)
(CFR: 41.8 / 41.10, 45.3)
EK1.3 Annunciators and conditions indicating signals, and remedial actions associated with the (Loss of Secondary Heat Sink).
EK1.3 Annunciators and conditions indicating signals, and remedial actions associated with the (Loss of Secondary Heat Sink).
IMPORTANCE RO 3.9 SRO 4.1
IMPORTANCE RO 3.9 SRO 4.1
Line 684: Line 678:
SRO 2.8 Text Field:
SRO 2.8 Text Field:
APE003 AK2.05 Comments: Bank question RO level Low Cog 2011 Braidwood NRC exam APE: 003 Dropped Control Rod AK2. Knowledge of the interrelations between the Dropped Control Rod and the following:
APE003 AK2.05 Comments: Bank question RO level Low Cog 2011 Braidwood NRC exam APE: 003 Dropped Control Rod AK2. Knowledge of the interrelations between the Dropped Control Rod and the following:
(CFR 41.7 / 45.7)
(CFR 41.7 / 45.7)
AK2.05 Control rod drive power supplies and logic circuits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.5 2.8 EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 39 of 197 20 January 2012 20 ID: 2012 NRC EXAM RO Q20 Points: 1.00 Given:  The plant is at 100% power.
AK2.05 Control rod drive power supplies and logic circuits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.5 2.8 EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 39 of 197 20 January 2012 20 ID: 2012 NRC EXAM RO Q20 Points: 1.00 Given:  The plant is at 100% power.
All control systems are in a normal/automatic line
All control systems are in a normal/automatic line
Line 745: Line 739:


032 Loss of Source Range Nuclear Instrumentation AK2. Knowledge of the interrelations between the Loss of Source Range Nuclear Instrumentation and the following:
032 Loss of Source Range Nuclear Instrumentation AK2. Knowledge of the interrelations between the Loss of Source Range Nuclear Instrumentation and the following:
(CFR 41.7 / 45.7)
(CFR 41.7 / 45.7)
AK2.01 Power supplies, including proper switch positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.7* 3.1
AK2.01 Power supplies, including proper switch positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.7* 3.1


Line 775: Line 769:
SRO 3.1 Text Field:
SRO 3.1 Text Field:
033AA2.05 Comments: New Question Hi Cog RO Level 033 Loss of Intermediate Range Nuclear Instrumentation AA2. Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to the Loss of Intermediate Range Nuclear Instrumentation:
033AA2.05 Comments: New Question Hi Cog RO Level 033 Loss of Intermediate Range Nuclear Instrumentation AA2. Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to the Loss of Intermediate Range Nuclear Instrumentation:
(CFR: 43.5 / 45.13)
(CFR: 43.5 / 45.13)
AA2.05 Nature of abnormality, from rapid survey of control room data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.0* 3.1?
AA2.05 Nature of abnormality, from rapid survey of control room data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.0* 3.1?


Line 783: Line 777:
Control Bank Worth is 9 pcm/step MTC is 9 pcm/ degree F A turbine ramp down was initiated due to a slow loss of condenser vacuum which causes a 3 degree F CHANGE in Tave.
Control Bank Worth is 9 pcm/step MTC is 9 pcm/ degree F A turbine ramp down was initiated due to a slow loss of condenser vacuum which causes a 3 degree F CHANGE in Tave.
Exhaust Hood pressure meters (condenser vacuum) are ALL pegged HIGH on 2PM03J.
Exhaust Hood pressure meters (condenser vacuum) are ALL pegged HIGH on 2PM03J.
(NO other operator actions are taken.)
(NO other operator actions are taken.)
Given the above, and neglecting any effects of Xenon, what is the final rod position for the controlling bank?
Given the above, and neglecting any effects of Xenon, what is the final rod position for the controlling bank?
A. 0  B. 218  C. 223  D. 224 Answer: A  Answer Explanation:
A. 0  B. 218  C. 223  D. 224 Answer: A  Answer Explanation:
Line 801: Line 795:
SRO 2.5 Text Field:
SRO 2.5 Text Field:
APE 051 AA1.04 Comments: New Question Hi Cog RO Level APE: 051 Loss of Condenser Vacuum AA1. Ability to operate and / or monitor the following as they apply to the Loss of Condenser Vacuum:
APE 051 AA1.04 Comments: New Question Hi Cog RO Level APE: 051 Loss of Condenser Vacuum AA1. Ability to operate and / or monitor the following as they apply to the Loss of Condenser Vacuum:
(CFR 41.7 / 45.5 / 45.6)
(CFR 41.7 / 45.5 / 45.6)
AA1.04 Rod position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
AA1.04 Rod position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.5* 2.5*
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.5* 2.5*
Line 841: Line 835:
037AK3.03 Comments: Bank question, Low Cog, RO Level References 1BOA Sec
037AK3.03 Comments: Bank question, Low Cog, RO Level References 1BOA Sec
-8, Rev 105 037 Steam Generator (S/G) Tube Leak AK3. Knowledge of the reasons for the following responses as they apply to the Steam Generator Tube Leak:
-8, Rev 105 037 Steam Generator (S/G) Tube Leak AK3. Knowledge of the reasons for the following responses as they apply to the Steam Generator Tube Leak:
(CFR 41.5,41.10 / 45.6 / 45.13)
(CFR 41.5,41.10 / 45.6 / 45.13)
AK3.03 Comparison of makeup flow and letdown flow for various modes of operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 3.3
AK3.03 Comparison of makeup flow and letdown flow for various modes of operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 3.3


Line 866: Line 860:


067: Plant fire on site AK1. Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to Plant Fire on Site:
067: Plant fire on site AK1. Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to Plant Fire on Site:
(CFR 41.8 / 41.10 / 45.3)
(CFR 41.8 / 41.10 / 45.3)
AK1.02 Fire fighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 3.9
AK1.02 Fire fighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 3.9


Line 925: Line 919:
4.0 Text Field:
4.0 Text Field:
WE01EK1.2 Comments: Bank Question, Low Cog, RO Level E01 Rediagnosis EK1. Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to the (Reactor Trip or Safety Injection/Rediagnosis)
WE01EK1.2 Comments: Bank Question, Low Cog, RO Level E01 Rediagnosis EK1. Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to the (Reactor Trip or Safety Injection/Rediagnosis)
(CFR: 41.8 / 41.10 / 45.3)
(CFR: 41.8 / 41.10 / 45.3)
EK1.2 Normal, abnormal and emergency operating procedures associated with (Reactor Trip or Safety Injection / Rediagnosis).
EK1.2 Normal, abnormal and emergency operating procedures associated with (Reactor Trip or Safety Injection / Rediagnosis).
IMPORTANCE RO 3.4 SRO 4.0
IMPORTANCE RO 3.4 SRO 4.0
Line 962: Line 956:
K1 Knowledge of the physical connections and/or cause
K1 Knowledge of the physical connections and/or cause
-effect relationships between the RCPS and the following systems:
-effect relationships between the RCPS and the following systems:
(CFR: 41.2 to 41.9 / 45.7 to 45.8)
(CFR: 41.2 to 41.9 / 45.7 to 45.8)
K1.08 Containment isolation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.7* 3.0*
K1.08 Containment isolation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.7* 3.0*


Line 1,034: Line 1,028:
005K3.05 Comments: New Question High Cog RO Level 005 Residual Heat Removal System (RHRS)
005K3.05 Comments: New Question High Cog RO Level 005 Residual Heat Removal System (RHRS)
K3 Knowledge of the effect that a loss or malfunction of the RHRS will have on the following:
K3 Knowledge of the effect that a loss or malfunction of the RHRS will have on the following:
(CFR: 41.7 / 45.6)
(CFR: 41.7 / 45.6)
K3.05 ECCS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
K3.05 ECCS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.7* 3.8*
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.7* 3.8*
Line 1,068: Line 1,062:
006K6.02 Comments: From 2009 Braidwood Cert. Exam Low Cog RO Level 006 Emergency Core Cooling System (ECCS)
006K6.02 Comments: From 2009 Braidwood Cert. Exam Low Cog RO Level 006 Emergency Core Cooling System (ECCS)
K6 Knowledge of the effect of a loss or malfunction on the following will have on the ECCS:
K6 Knowledge of the effect of a loss or malfunction on the following will have on the ECCS:
(CFR: 41.7 / 45.7)
(CFR: 41.7 / 45.7)
K6.02 Core flood tanks (accumulators) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.4 3.9
K6.02 Core flood tanks (accumulators) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.4 3.9


Line 1,107: Line 1,101:
007A2.04 Comments: New Q High Cog 007 Pressurizer Relief Tank/Quench Tank System (PRTS)
007A2.04 Comments: New Q High Cog 007 Pressurizer Relief Tank/Quench Tank System (PRTS)
Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following malfunctions or operations on the P S; and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those malfunctions or operations:
Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following malfunctions or operations on the P S; and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those malfunctions or operations:
(CFR: 41.5 / 43.5 / 45.3 / 45.13)
(CFR: 41.5 / 43.5 / 45.3 / 45.13)
A2.04 Overpressurization of the waste gas vent header . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.5 2.9
A2.04 Overpressurization of the waste gas vent header . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.5 2.9


Line 1,173: Line 1,167:
010000K5.02 Comments: Created from BWLCATH3001 Ref:    Steam Tables Last reviewed: 08/11 PRA Item:  N OPEX: TMI Bank Question, High Cog.
010000K5.02 Comments: Created from BWLCATH3001 Ref:    Steam Tables Last reviewed: 08/11 PRA Item:  N OPEX: TMI Bank Question, High Cog.
010 Pressurizer Pressure Control System K5 Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as the apply to the PZR PCS:
010 Pressurizer Pressure Control System K5 Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as the apply to the PZR PCS:
(CFR: 41.5 / 45.7)
(CFR: 41.5 / 45.7)
K5.02 Constant enthalpy expansion through a valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.6 3.0*
K5.02 Constant enthalpy expansion through a valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.6 3.0*
Question 34 Table
Question 34 Table
Line 1,208: Line 1,202:
Text Field:
Text Field:
Comments: New Question, High Cog, RO level 012 Reactor Protection System A2 Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following malfunctions or operations on the RPS; and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those malfunctions or operations:
Comments: New Question, High Cog, RO level 012 Reactor Protection System A2 Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following malfunctions or operations on the RPS; and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those malfunctions or operations:
(CFR: 41.5 / 43.5 / 45.3
(CFR: 41.5 / 43.5 / 45.3
  / 45.5) A2.03 Incorrect channel bypassing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.4 3.7
  / 45.5) A2.03 Incorrect channel bypassing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.4 3.7


EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 70 of 197 20 January 2012 36 ID: 2012 NRC EXAM RO Q36 Points: 1.00 What is the (1) reason that 1 CV pump and BOTH SI pumps are taken out of service during a plant cooldown to refueling conditions AND (2) when must that requirement be met?
EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 70 of 197 20 January 2012 36 ID: 2012 NRC EXAM RO Q36 Points: 1.00 What is the (1) reason that 1 CV pump and BOTH SI pumps are taken out of service during a plant cooldown to refueling conditions AND (2) when must that requirement be met?


      (1)        (2)    Reason      When  A. These components are no longer neede d  between 330 and 350 degrees to mitigate accident conditions.
(1)        (2)    Reason      When  A. These components are no longer neede d  between 330 and 350 degrees to mitigate accident conditions.
B. These components are no longer needed prior to MODE 4 entry to mitigate accident conditions.
B. These components are no longer needed prior to MODE 4 entry to mitigate accident conditions.
C. Ensures the mass addition can be relieved prior to MODE 4 entry by a single PORV or RH Suction Relief valve.
C. Ensures the mass addition can be relieved prior to MODE 4 entry by a single PORV or RH Suction Relief valve.
Line 1,296: Line 1,290:
022 Containment Cooling System (CCS)
022 Containment Cooling System (CCS)
K2 Knowledge of power supplies to the following:
K2 Knowledge of power supplies to the following:
(CFR: 41.7)
(CFR: 41.7)
K2.02 Chillers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.5* 2.4*
K2.02 Chillers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.5* 2.4*
EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 76 of 197 20 January 2012 39 ID: 2012 NRC EXAM RO Q39 Points: 1.00 Given:  Unit 1 was at full power in a normal full power line
EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 76 of 197 20 January 2012 39 ID: 2012 NRC EXAM RO Q39 Points: 1.00 Given:  Unit 1 was at full power in a normal full power line
Line 1,427: Line 1,421:
-3 Last reviewed:  08/11 039 Main and Reheat Steam System (MRSS)
-3 Last reviewed:  08/11 039 Main and Reheat Steam System (MRSS)
K4 Knowledge of MRSS design feature(s) and/or interlock(s) which provide for the following:
K4 Knowledge of MRSS design feature(s) and/or interlock(s) which provide for the following:
(CFR: 41.7)
(CFR: 41.7)
K4.04 Utilization of steam pressure program control when steam dumping through atmospheric relief/dump valves, including  
K4.04 Utilization of steam pressure program control when steam dumping through atmospheric relief/dump valves, including  


Line 1,479: Line 1,473:
2.9 Text Field:
2.9 Text Field:
059A1.03 Comments: Bank Question, Low Cog, RO level 059 Main Feedwater (MFW) System A1 Ability to predict and/or monitor changes in parameters (to prevent exceeding design limits) associated with operating the MFW controls including:
059A1.03 Comments: Bank Question, Low Cog, RO level 059 Main Feedwater (MFW) System A1 Ability to predict and/or monitor changes in parameters (to prevent exceeding design limits) associated with operating the MFW controls including:
(CFR: 41.5 / 45.5)
(CFR: 41.5 / 45.5)
A1.03 Power level restrictions for operation of MFW pumps and valves. . . . . . . . 2.7* 2.9*
A1.03 Power level restrictions for operation of MFW pumps and valves. . . . . . . . 2.7* 2.9*


Line 1,520: Line 1,514:
(1) how will 1AF005 A
(1) how will 1AF005 A
-D, S/G 1_ FLOW CONT VLV, respond to these conditions?
-D, S/G 1_ FLOW CONT VLV, respond to these conditions?
  (2) and in addition to locally, where can these valves be controlled from in accordance with approved plant procedures?
(2) and in addition to locally, where can these valves be controlled from in accordance with approved plant procedures?
              (1)        (2)          1AF005A-D            position  Controlled from A. closed  Fire Hazards Panel B. open  Remote Shutdown Panel C. open  Fire Hazards Panel D. closed  Remote Shutdown Panel
(1)        (2)          1AF005A-D            position  Controlled from A. closed  Fire Hazards Panel B. open  Remote Shutdown Panel C. open  Fire Hazards Panel D. closed  Remote Shutdown Panel


Answer: D  Answer Explanation:
Answer: D  Answer Explanation:
Line 1,543: Line 1,537:
SRO 3.4 Text Field:
SRO 3.4 Text Field:
061A2.05 Comments: New question, Lo Cog 061 Auxiliary / Emergency Feedwater (AFW) System A2 Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following malfunctions or operations on the AFW; and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those malfunctions or operations:
061A2.05 Comments: New question, Lo Cog 061 Auxiliary / Emergency Feedwater (AFW) System A2 Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following malfunctions or operations on the AFW; and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those malfunctions or operations:
(CFR: 41.5 / 43.5 / 45.3 / 45.13)
(CFR: 41.5 / 43.5 / 45.3 / 45.13)
A2.05 Automatic control malfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1* 3.4*
A2.05 Automatic control malfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1* 3.4*


Line 1,574: Line 1,568:
SRO 3.9 Text Field:
SRO 3.9 Text Field:
062K3.01 Comments: New Question, Lo Cog SYSTEM: 062 AC Electrical Distribution System K3 Knowledge of the effect that a loss or malfunction of the ac distribution system will have on the following:
062K3.01 Comments: New Question, Lo Cog SYSTEM: 062 AC Electrical Distribution System K3 Knowledge of the effect that a loss or malfunction of the ac distribution system will have on the following:
(CFR: 41.7 / 45.6)
(CFR: 41.7 / 45.6)
K3.01 Major system loads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.5 3.9
K3.01 Major system loads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.5 3.9


Line 1,607: Line 1,601:


SYSTEM: 062 AC Electrical Distribution System A3 Ability to monitor automatic operation of the ac distribution system, including:
SYSTEM: 062 AC Electrical Distribution System A3 Ability to monitor automatic operation of the ac distribution system, including:
(CFR: 41.7 / 45.5)
(CFR: 41.7 / 45.5)
A3.05 Safety
A3.05 Safety
-related indicators and controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.5 3.6   
-related indicators and controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.5 3.6   
Line 1,637: Line 1,631:
SRO 3.1 Text Field:
SRO 3.1 Text Field:
063K2.01 Comments: Bank Question from Bwd 2011 Cert. Exam Low Cog RO Level 063 D.C. Electrical Distribution K2 Knowledge of bus power supplies to the following:
063K2.01 Comments: Bank Question from Bwd 2011 Cert. Exam Low Cog RO Level 063 D.C. Electrical Distribution K2 Knowledge of bus power supplies to the following:
(CFR: 41.7)
(CFR: 41.7)
K2.01 Major DC loads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.9* 3.1
K2.01 Major DC loads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.9* 3.1


Line 1,669: Line 1,663:
063A3.01 Comments: New Question
063A3.01 Comments: New Question
-High Cog  063 D.C. Electrical Distribution A3 Ability to monitor automatic operation of the DC electrical system, including:
-High Cog  063 D.C. Electrical Distribution A3 Ability to monitor automatic operation of the DC electrical system, including:
(CFR: 41.7 / 45.5)
(CFR: 41.7 / 45.5)
A3.01 Meters, annunciators, dials, recorders, and indicating lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.7 3.1
A3.01 Meters, annunciators, dials, recorders, and indicating lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.7 3.1


Line 1,700: Line 1,694:
SRO 4.1 Text Field:
SRO 4.1 Text Field:
064K4.1 Comments: New Question, High Cog 064 Emergency Diesel Generator (ED/G) System K4 Knowledge of ED/G system design feature(s) and/or interlock( s) which provide for the following:
064K4.1 Comments: New Question, High Cog 064 Emergency Diesel Generator (ED/G) System K4 Knowledge of ED/G system design feature(s) and/or interlock( s) which provide for the following:
(CFR: 41.7)
(CFR: 41.7)
K4.01 Trips while loading the ED/G (frequency, voltage, speed) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.8 4.1
K4.01 Trips while loading the ED/G (frequency, voltage, speed) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.8 4.1


Line 1,732: Line 1,726:
SRO 3.1 Text Field:
SRO 3.1 Text Field:
073K5.02 Comments: New Question, High Cog, RO level 073 Process Radiation Monitoring (PRM) System K5 Knowledge of the operational implications as they apply to concepts as they apply to the PRM system:
073K5.02 Comments: New Question, High Cog, RO level 073 Process Radiation Monitoring (PRM) System K5 Knowledge of the operational implications as they apply to concepts as they apply to the PRM system:
(CFR: 41.5 / 45.7)
(CFR: 41.5 / 45.7)
K5.02 Radiation intensity changes with source distance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.5 3.1
K5.02 Radiation intensity changes with source distance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.5 3.1


Line 1,758: Line 1,752:
K1 Knowledge of the physical connections and/or cause
K1 Knowledge of the physical connections and/or cause
- effect relationships between the SWS and the following systems:
- effect relationships between the SWS and the following systems:
(CFR: 41.2 to 41.9 / 45.7 to 45.8)
(CFR: 41.2 to 41.9 / 45.7 to 45.8)
K1.15 FPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.5 2.6
K1.15 FPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.5 2.6


Line 1,802: Line 1,796:
078K3.03 Comments: New Question, High Cog 078 Instrument Air System (IAS)
078K3.03 Comments: New Question, High Cog 078 Instrument Air System (IAS)
K3 Knowledge of the effect that a loss or malfunction of the IAS will have on the following:
K3 Knowledge of the effect that a loss or malfunction of the IAS will have on the following:
(CFR: 41.7 / 45.6)
(CFR: 41.7 / 45.6)
K3.03 Cross
K3.03 Cross
-tied units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.0 3.4
-tied units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.0 3.4
Line 1,839: Line 1,833:
SRO 4.1 Text Field:
SRO 4.1 Text Field:
103A1.01 Comments: From 2011 Brwd NRC Exam High Cog RO Level 103 Containment System A1 Ability to predict and/or monitor changes in parameters (to prevent exceeding design limits) associated with operating the containment system controls including:
103A1.01 Comments: From 2011 Brwd NRC Exam High Cog RO Level 103 Containment System A1 Ability to predict and/or monitor changes in parameters (to prevent exceeding design limits) associated with operating the containment system controls including:
(CFR: 41.5 / 45.5)
(CFR: 41.5 / 45.5)
A1.01 Containment pressure, temperature, and humidity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.7 4.1
A1.01 Containment pressure, temperature, and humidity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.7 4.1


Line 1,875: Line 1,869:
SRO 4.3 Text Field:
SRO 4.3 Text Field:
001K5.18 Comments: Bank Question High Cog modified distractors of question wfh 8/9/11 001 Control Rod Drive System K5 Knowledge of the following operational implications as they apply to the CRDS:
001K5.18 Comments: Bank Question High Cog modified distractors of question wfh 8/9/11 001 Control Rod Drive System K5 Knowledge of the following operational implications as they apply to the CRDS:
(CFR: 41.5/45.7
(CFR: 41.5/45.7
) K5.18 Anticipation of criticality at any time when adding positive reactivity during startup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.2 4.3
) K5.18 Anticipation of criticality at any time when adding positive reactivity during startup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.2 4.3


Line 1,909: Line 1,903:
SRO 3.2 Text Field:
SRO 3.2 Text Field:
011K2.01 Comments: New question, High cog., RO level 011 Pressurizer Level Control System K2 Knowledge of bus power supplies to the following:
011K2.01 Comments: New question, High cog., RO level 011 Pressurizer Level Control System K2 Knowledge of bus power supplies to the following:
(CFR: 41.7)
(CFR: 41.7)
K2.01 Charging pumps . . . . . . . . . . . .
K2.01 Charging pumps . . . . . . . . . . . .
  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 3.2
  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 3.2
Line 1,945: Line 1,939:
SRO 4.2 Text Field:
SRO 4.2 Text Field:
015K1.01 Comments: New question, High Cog 015 Nuclear Instrumentation System K1 Knowledge of the physical connections and/or causeeffect relationships between the NIS and the following systems:
015K1.01 Comments: New question, High Cog 015 Nuclear Instrumentation System K1 Knowledge of the physical connections and/or causeeffect relationships between the NIS and the following systems:
(CFR: 41.2 to 41.9 / 45.7 to 45.8)
(CFR: 41.2 to 41.9 / 45.7 to 45.8)
K1.01 RPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.1 4.2
K1.01 RPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.1 4.2


EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 115 of 197 20 January 2012 59 ID: 2012 NRC EXAM RO Q59 Points: 1.00 When a Core Exit Thermocouple fails LOW, the average of the 10 highest CETC ...
EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 115 of 197 20 January 2012 59 ID: 2012 NRC EXAM RO Q59 Points: 1.00 When a Core Exit Thermocouple fails LOW, the average of the 10 highest CETC ...
(assume NO operator action)
(assume NO operator action)
A. LED display will flash.
A. LED display will flash.
B. LED display will go DARK.
B. LED display will go DARK.
Line 1,975: Line 1,969:
SRO 3.9 Text Field:
SRO 3.9 Text Field:
017A1.01 Comments: New Question, Low Cog., RO Level 017 In-Core Temperature Monitor (ITM) System A1 Ability to predict and/or monitor changes in parameters (to prevent exceeding design limits) associated with operating the ITM system controls including:
017A1.01 Comments: New Question, Low Cog., RO Level 017 In-Core Temperature Monitor (ITM) System A1 Ability to predict and/or monitor changes in parameters (to prevent exceeding design limits) associated with operating the ITM system controls including:
(CFR: 41.5 / 45.7)
(CFR: 41.5 / 45.7)
A1.01 Core exit temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
A1.01 Core exit temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.7 3.9
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.7 3.9
Line 2,040: Line 2,034:
035 Steam Generator System (S/GS)
035 Steam Generator System (S/GS)
A3 Ability to monitor automatic operation of the S/G including:
A3 Ability to monitor automatic operation of the S/G including:
(CFR: 41.7 / 45.5)
(CFR: 41.7 / 45.5)
A3.01 S/G water level control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.0 3.9
A3.01 S/G water level control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.0 3.9


Line 2,069: Line 2,063:
SRO 2.9 Text Field:
SRO 2.9 Text Field:
041K6.03 Comments: Bank Question, High Cog, RO level 041 Steam Dump System (SDS)/Turbine Bypass Control K6 Knowledge of the effect of a loss or malfunction on the following will have on the SDS:
041K6.03 Comments: Bank Question, High Cog, RO level 041 Steam Dump System (SDS)/Turbine Bypass Control K6 Knowledge of the effect of a loss or malfunction on the following will have on the SDS:
(CFR: 41.7 / 45.7)
(CFR: 41.7 / 45.7)
K6.03 Controller and positioners, including ICS, S/G, CRDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.7 2.9
K6.03 Controller and positioners, including ICS, S/G, CRDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.7 2.9


Line 2,075: Line 2,069:
The in-service Waste Gas Decay Tank will auto isolate at __(1)__ psig.
The in-service Waste Gas Decay Tank will auto isolate at __(1)__ psig.
The Waste Gas Decay Tanks are protected from overpressure by a relief valve that lifts at __(2)__ psig.
The Waste Gas Decay Tanks are protected from overpressure by a relief valve that lifts at __(2)__ psig.
    (1)  (2)  A. 85  150  B. 85  100  C. 95  150  D. 95  100  Answer: C  Answer Explanation:
(1)  (2)  A. 85  150  B. 85  100  C. 95  150  D. 95  100  Answer: C  Answer Explanation:
Meets K/A. Requires examinee to have knowledge of design features and interlocks associated with pressure of the Waste Gas Decay Tanks.
Meets K/A. Requires examinee to have knowledge of design features and interlocks associated with pressure of the Waste Gas Decay Tanks.
The correct answer is correct based on Lesson Plan information.
The correct answer is correct based on Lesson Plan information.
Line 2,096: Line 2,090:
071K4.01 Comments: New Question, Low Cog., RO level 071 Waste Gas Disposal System (WGDS)
071K4.01 Comments: New Question, Low Cog., RO level 071 Waste Gas Disposal System (WGDS)
K4 Knowledge of design feature(s) and/or interlock(s) which provide for the following:
K4 Knowledge of design feature(s) and/or interlock(s) which provide for the following:
(CFR: 41.7)
(CFR: 41.7)
K4.01 Pressure capability of the waste gas decay tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.6 3.0
K4.01 Pressure capability of the waste gas decay tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.6 3.0


Line 2,168: Line 2,162:
SRO 3.5 Text Field:
SRO 3.5 Text Field:
075K3.07 Comments: From 2009 Braidwood NRC Exam High Cog. RO Level 075 Circulating Water System K3 Knowledge of the effect that a loss or malfunctions of the circulating water system will have on the following:
075K3.07 Comments: From 2009 Braidwood NRC Exam High Cog. RO Level 075 Circulating Water System K3 Knowledge of the effect that a loss or malfunctions of the circulating water system will have on the following:
(CFR: 41.7 / 45.6)
(CFR: 41.7 / 45.6)
K3.07 ESFAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.4* 3.5
K3.07 ESFAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.4* 3.5


Line 2,201: Line 2,195:
R.O 3.6 Num Field 2:
R.O 3.6 Num Field 2:
SRO 4.3 Text Field:
SRO 4.3 Text Field:
Gen. 2.1.39 Comments: New Question, High Cog, RO level
Gen. 2.1.39 Comments: New Question, High Cog, RO level 2.1 Conduct of Operations 2.1.39 Knowledge of conservative decision making practices.
 
===2.1 Conduct===
of Operations 2.1.39 Knowledge of conservative decision making practices.
l (CFR: 41.10 / 43.5 / 45.12)
l (CFR: 41.10 / 43.5 / 45.12)
IMPORTANCE RO 3.6 SRO 4.3
IMPORTANCE RO 3.6 SRO 4.3
Line 2,265: Line 2,256:
RO 4.5 Num Field 2:
RO 4.5 Num Field 2:
SRO 4.4 Text Field:
SRO 4.4 Text Field:
Gen2.2.1 Comments: New Question, High Cog
Gen2.2.1 Comments: New Question, High Cog 2.2 Equipment Control 2.2.1 Ability to perform pre-startup procedures for the facility, including operating l those controls associated with plant equipment that could affect reactivity.
 
===2.2 Equipment===
Control
 
====2.2.1 Ability====
to perform pre-startup procedures for the facility, including operating l those controls associated with plant equipment that could affect reactivity.
l (CFR: 41.5 / 41.10 / 43.5 / 43.6 / 45.1)
l (CFR: 41.5 / 41.10 / 43.5 / 43.6 / 45.1)
IMPORTANCE RO 4.5 SRO 4.4
IMPORTANCE RO 4.5 SRO 4.4
Line 2,344: Line 2,329:
3.7 Text Field:
3.7 Text Field:
G2.3.04 Comments: Bank Question, Low Cog, RO Level References EP
G2.3.04 Comments: Bank Question, Low Cog, RO Level References EP
-AA-113, Attachment 1 10CFR5543(b)(4)
-AA-113, Attachment 1 10CFR5543(b)(4) 2.3 Radiation Control 2.3.4 Knowledge of radiation exposure limits under normal or emergency conditions.
 
===2.3 Radiation===
Control
 
====2.3.4 Knowledge====
of radiation exposure limits under normal or emergency conditions.
l (CFR: 41.12 / 43.4 / 45.10) l IMPORTANCE RO 3.2 SRO 3.7
l (CFR: 41.12 / 43.4 / 45.10) l IMPORTANCE RO 3.2 SRO 3.7


Line 2,386: Line 2,365:
RO 2.9 Num Field 2:
RO 2.9 Num Field 2:
SRO 2.9 Text Field:
SRO 2.9 Text Field:
Generic 2.3.5 Comments: Bank Question 2011 Brwd NRC exam Low Cog RO level
Generic 2.3.5 Comments: Bank Question 2011 Brwd NRC exam Low Cog RO level 2.3.5 Ability to use radiation monitoring systems, such as fixed radiation monitors and alarms, portable survey instruments, personnel monitoring equipment, etc.
 
====2.3.5 Ability====
to use radiation monitoring systems, such as fixed radiation monitors and alarms, portable survey instruments, personnel monitoring equipment, etc.
l (CFR: 41.11 / 41.12 / 43.4 / 45.9) l IMPORTANCE RO 2.9 SRO 2.9
l (CFR: 41.11 / 41.12 / 43.4 / 45.9) l IMPORTANCE RO 2.9 SRO 2.9


Line 2,417: Line 2,393:
RO 3.3 Num Field 2:
RO 3.3 Num Field 2:
SRO 3.7 Text Field:
SRO 3.7 Text Field:
Gen. 2.4.25 Comments: Bank Question, Low Cog, RO level
Gen. 2.4.25 Comments: Bank Question, Low Cog, RO level 2.4 Emergency Procedures / Plan 2.4.25 Knowledge of fire protection procedures.
 
===2.4 Emergency===
Procedures / Plan 2.4.25 Knowledge of fire protection procedures.
l (CFR: 41.10 / 43.5 / 45.13) l IMPORTANCE RO 3.3 SRO 3.7
l (CFR: 41.10 / 43.5 / 45.13) l IMPORTANCE RO 3.3 SRO 3.7


Line 2,585: Line 2,558:
026AA2.01 Comments: Bank Question, Low Cog, SRO level 026 Loss of Component Cooling Water (CCW)
026AA2.01 Comments: Bank Question, Low Cog, SRO level 026 Loss of Component Cooling Water (CCW)
AA2. Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to the Loss of Component Cooling Water:
AA2. Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to the Loss of Component Cooling Water:
(CFR: 43.5 / 45.13)
(CFR: 43.5 / 45.13)
AA2.01 Location of a leak in the CCWS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.9 3.5 43.6.2 EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 153 of 197 20 January 2012 79 ID: 2012 NRC EX SRO Q79 Points: 1.00 Given:  The crew took conservative action to TRIP the reactor and manually initiate a Safety Injection due to RISING Containment Pressure. All Safety Systems responded as designed. 1BEP-0, REACTOR TRIP OR SAFETY INJECTION is being implemented by your crew.
AA2.01 Location of a leak in the CCWS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.9 3.5 43.6.2 EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 153 of 197 20 January 2012 79 ID: 2012 NRC EX SRO Q79 Points: 1.00 Given:  The crew took conservative action to TRIP the reactor and manually initiate a Safety Injection due to RISING Containment Pressure. All Safety Systems responded as designed. 1BEP-0, REACTOR TRIP OR SAFETY INJECTION is being implemented by your crew.


Line 2,617: Line 2,590:
SRO 4.7 Text Field:
SRO 4.7 Text Field:
040AA2.03 Comments: New Question, High Cog., SRO Level 040 Steam Line Rupture AA2. Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to the Steam Line Rupture:
040AA2.03 Comments: New Question, High Cog., SRO Level 040 Steam Line Rupture AA2. Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to the Steam Line Rupture:
(CFR: 43.5 / 45.13/ 43.b.5)
(CFR: 43.5 / 45.13/ 43.b.5)
AA2.03 Difference between steam line rupture and LOCA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.6 4.7
AA2.03 Difference between steam line rupture and LOCA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.6 4.7


Line 2,654: Line 2,627:
RO 4.4 Num Field 2:
RO 4.4 Num Field 2:
SRO 4.7 Text Field:
SRO 4.7 Text Field:
056gen.2.1.7 Comments: New question, High Cog, SRO Level APE: 056 Loss of Offsite Power
056gen.2.1.7 Comments: New question, High Cog, SRO Level APE: 056 Loss of Offsite Power 2.1.7 Ability to evaluate plant performance and make operational judgments based on l operating characteristics, reactor behavior, and instrument interpretation.
 
====2.1.7 Ability====
to evaluate plant performance and make operational judgments based on l operating characteristics, reactor behavior, and instrument interpretation.
l (CFR: 41.5 / 43.5 / 43.b.5/ 45.12 / 45.13) l IMPORTANCE RO 4.4 SRO 4.7
l (CFR: 41.5 / 43.5 / 43.b.5/ 45.12 / 45.13) l IMPORTANCE RO 4.4 SRO 4.7


Line 2,672: Line 2,642:


Which of the following will provide the LEAST amount of injection flowrate, in gallons per minute, while preventing boiling?.
Which of the following will provide the LEAST amount of injection flowrate, in gallons per minute, while preventing boiling?.
  (REFERENCES PROVIDED)
(REFERENCES PROVIDED)
A. 50  B. 90  C. 370  D. 535  Answer: C  Answer Explanation:
A. 50  B. 90  C. 370  D. 535  Answer: C  Answer Explanation:
Meets K/A. Requires examinee to interpret curves contained in 1BOA Pri
Meets K/A. Requires examinee to interpret curves contained in 1BOA Pri
Line 2,705: Line 2,675:
-23 currently indicates the same as the RM
-23 currently indicates the same as the RM
-11. Which, if any, of the following is the TECH SPEC. REQUIRED action?
-11. Which, if any, of the following is the TECH SPEC. REQUIRED action?
(REFERENCES PROVIDED)
(REFERENCES PROVIDED)
A. No Action Required.
A. No Action Required.
B. Immediately secure the unit 1 CNMT vent release.
B. Immediately secure the unit 1 CNMT vent release.
Line 2,728: Line 2,698:
SRO 4.1 Text Field:
SRO 4.1 Text Field:
061AA2.06 Comments: Bank Question, High Cog. SRO Level 061 Area Radiation Monitoring (ARM) System Alarms AA2. Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to the Area Radiation Monitoring (ARM) System Alarms:
061AA2.06 Comments: Bank Question, High Cog. SRO Level 061 Area Radiation Monitoring (ARM) System Alarms AA2. Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to the Area Radiation Monitoring (ARM) System Alarms:
(CFR: 43.5 / 45.13/43.b.2)
(CFR: 43.5 / 45.13/43.b.2)
AA2.06 Required actions if alarm channel is out of service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2 4.1
AA2.06 Required actions if alarm channel is out of service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2 4.1


Line 2,852: Line 2,822:


E03 LOCA Cooldown and Depressurization EA2. Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to the (LOCA Cooldown and Depressurization)
E03 LOCA Cooldown and Depressurization EA2. Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to the (LOCA Cooldown and Depressurization)
(CFR: 43.5 / 43.b.5/ 45.13)
(CFR: 43.5 / 43.b.5/ 45.13)
EA2.1 Facility conditions and selection of appropriate procedures during abnormal and emergency operations.
EA2.1 Facility conditions and selection of appropriate procedures during abnormal and emergency operations.
IMPORTANCE RO 3.4 SRO 4.2
IMPORTANCE RO 3.4 SRO 4.2
Line 2,893: Line 2,863:
SRO 4.3 Text Field:
SRO 4.3 Text Field:
004A2.06 Comments: New Question, High Cog. SRO level 004 Chemical and Volume Control System A2 Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following malfunctions or operations on the CVCS; and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those malfunctions or operations:
004A2.06 Comments: New Question, High Cog. SRO level 004 Chemical and Volume Control System A2 Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following malfunctions or operations on the CVCS; and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those malfunctions or operations:
(CFR: 41.5/ 43/5 / 43.b.5/ 45/3 / 45/5)
(CFR: 41.5/ 43/5 / 43.b.5/ 45/3 / 45/5)
A2.06 Inadvertent boration/dilution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.2 4.3
A2.06 Inadvertent boration/dilution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.2 4.3


Line 2,935: Line 2,905:
005A2.01 Comments: New Question, High Cog. SRO Level  005 Residual Heat Removal System (RHRS)
005A2.01 Comments: New Question, High Cog. SRO Level  005 Residual Heat Removal System (RHRS)
A2 Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following malfunctions or operations on the RHRS, and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those malfunctions or operations:
A2 Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following malfunctions or operations on the RHRS, and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those malfunctions or operations:
(CFR: 41.5 / 43.5 /43.b.5/ 45.3 / 45.13)
(CFR: 41.5 / 43.5 /43.b.5/ 45.3 / 45.13)
A2.01 Failure modes for pressure, flow, pump motor amps, motor temperature, and tank level instrumentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.7 2.9*
A2.01 Failure modes for pressure, flow, pump motor amps, motor temperature, and tank level instrumentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.7 2.9*


Line 2,961: Line 2,931:
RO 4.2 Num Field 2:
RO 4.2 Num Field 2:
SRO 4.0 Text Field:
SRO 4.0 Text Field:
006gen2.4.50 Comments: New Question, Low Cog, SRO level 006 Emergency Core Cooling System (ECCS)
006gen2.4.50 Comments: New Question, Low Cog, SRO level 006 Emergency Core Cooling System (ECCS) 2.4 Emergency Procedures / Plan (continued) ll 2.4.50 Ability to verify system alarm setpoints and operate controls identified in the l alarm response manual.
 
===2.4 Emergency===
Procedures / Plan (continued) ll 2.4.50 Ability to verify system alarm setpoints and operate controls identified in the l alarm response manual.
l (CFR: 41.10 / 43.5 / 43.b.5/ 45.3) l IMPORTANCE RO 4.2 SRO 4.0
l (CFR: 41.10 / 43.5 / 43.b.5/ 45.3) l IMPORTANCE RO 4.2 SRO 4.0


Line 2,999: Line 2,966:
RO 3.8 Num Field 2:
RO 3.8 Num Field 2:
SRO 4.5 Text Field:
SRO 4.5 Text Field:
007G2.4.8 Comments: New question, High Cog, SRO level 007 Pressurizer Relief Tank/Quench Tank System (PRTS)
007G2.4.8 Comments: New question, High Cog, SRO level 007 Pressurizer Relief Tank/Quench Tank System (PRTS) 2.4.8 Knowledge of how abnormal operating procedures are used in conjunction with l EOPs. l (CFR: 41.10
 
====2.4.8 Knowledge====
of how abnormal operating procedures are used in conjunction with l EOPs. l (CFR: 41.10
  / 43.5 /43.b.5/ 45.13) l IMPORTANCE RO 3.8 SRO 4.5
  / 43.5 /43.b.5/ 45.13) l IMPORTANCE RO 3.8 SRO 4.5


Line 3,051: Line 3,015:
076A2.01 Comments: From Brwd 2011 Cert Exam Hi Cog SRO Level 076 Service Water System (SWS)
076A2.01 Comments: From Brwd 2011 Cert Exam Hi Cog SRO Level 076 Service Water System (SWS)
A2 Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following malfunctions or operations on the SWS; and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those malfunctions or operations:
A2 Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following malfunctions or operations on the SWS; and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those malfunctions or operations:
(CFR: 41.5 / 43.5 / 43.b.5/ 45/3 / 45/13)
(CFR: 41.5 / 43.5 / 43.b.5/ 45/3 / 45/13)
A2.01 Loss of SWS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.5* 3.7
A2.01 Loss of SWS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.5* 3.7


Line 3,139: Line 3,103:


All distractors are plausible based on examinee knowledge.
All distractors are plausible based on examinee knowledge.
Ref: LS-AA-1110 Reportable event SAF 1.12 (pg. 46) or 1.13 (pg 48)  or SAF 1.23 (pg.  
Ref: LS-AA-1110 Reportable event SAF 1.12 (pg. 46) or 1.13 (pg 48)  or SAF 1.23 (pg.
: 70)
: 70)
EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 182 of 197 20 January 2012 Question 93 Info Question Type:
EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 182 of 197 20 January 2012 Question 93 Info Question Type:
Line 3,154: Line 3,118:
086A2.03 Comments: New Question, High Cog, SRO level 086 Fire Protection System (FPS)
086A2.03 Comments: New Question, High Cog, SRO level 086 Fire Protection System (FPS)
A2 Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following malfunctions or operations on the Fire Protection System; and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those malfunctions or operations:
A2 Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following malfunctions or operations on the Fire Protection System; and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those malfunctions or operations:
(CFR: 41.5 / 43.5 / 45.3 / 45.13)
(CFR: 41.5 / 43.5 / 45.3 / 45.13)
A2.03 Inadvertent actuation of the FPS due to circuit failure or welding . . . . . . . . 2.7 2.9
A2.03 Inadvertent actuation of the FPS due to circuit failure or welding . . . . . . . . 2.7 2.9


Line 3,185: Line 3,149:
SRO 4.6 Text Field:
SRO 4.6 Text Field:
Generic 2.1.20 Comments: Bank Question (2011 Brwd NRC Exam)
Generic 2.1.20 Comments: Bank Question (2011 Brwd NRC Exam)
Low Cog, SRO Level
Low Cog, SRO Level 2.1 Conduct of Operations 2.1.20 Ability to interpret and execute procedure steps.
 
===2.1 Conduct===
of Operations 2.1.20 Ability to interpret and execute procedure steps.
l (CFR: 41.10 / 43.5 /43.b.5 / 45.12) l IMPORTANCE RO 4.6 SRO 4.6
l (CFR: 41.10 / 43.5 /43.b.5 / 45.12) l IMPORTANCE RO 4.6 SRO 4.6


Line 3,222: Line 3,183:
RO 2.9 Num Field 2:
RO 2.9 Num Field 2:
SRO 3.6 Text Field:
SRO 3.6 Text Field:
Gen. 2.2.7 Comments: New Question, Low Cog., SRO level
Gen. 2.2.7 Comments: New Question, Low Cog., SRO level 2.2 Equipment Control 2.2.7 Knowledge of the process for conducting special or infrequent tests.
 
===2.2 Equipment===
Control
 
====2.2.7 Knowledge====
of the process for conducting special or infrequent tests.
l (CFR: 41.10 / 43.3 / 45.13)
l (CFR: 41.10 / 43.3 / 45.13)
IMPORTANCE RO 2.9 SRO 3.6
IMPORTANCE RO 2.9 SRO 3.6
Line 3,239: Line 3,194:
Choose the correct answer concerning the (1) priority of the work and (2) whether to enter 1BOL DC-1, LCOAR, ESF BUS DC GROUNDS?
Choose the correct answer concerning the (1) priority of the work and (2) whether to enter 1BOL DC-1, LCOAR, ESF BUS DC GROUNDS?


    (1)  (2)  Priority  Enter 1BOL DC
(1)  (2)  Priority  Enter 1BOL DC
-1  A. B1  no  B. B1  yes  C. B3  no  D. B3  yes Answer: B  Answer Explanation:
-1  A. B1  no  B. B1  yes  C. B3  no  D. B3  yes Answer: B  Answer Explanation:
Meets KA, Requires knowledge of procedures for work prioritization. SRO level due to determining LCOAR entry.
Meets KA, Requires knowledge of procedures for work prioritization. SRO level due to determining LCOAR entry.
Line 3,286: Line 3,241:
RO 3.8 Num Field 2:
RO 3.8 Num Field 2:
SRO 4.3 Text Field:
SRO 4.3 Text Field:
Gen. 2.3.11 Comments: New Question, Low Cog, SRO Level
Gen. 2.3.11 Comments: New Question, Low Cog, SRO Level 2.3 Radiation Control 2.3.11 Ability to control radiation releases.
 
===2.3 Radiation===
Control 2.3.11 Ability to control radiation releases.
l (CFR: 41.11 / 43.4 / 43.b.5/ 45.10) l IMPORTANCE RO 3.8 SRO 4.3
l (CFR: 41.11 / 43.4 / 43.b.5/ 45.10) l IMPORTANCE RO 3.8 SRO 4.3


Line 3,356: Line 3,308:
RO 3.1 Num Field 2:
RO 3.1 Num Field 2:
SRO 3.6 Text Field:
SRO 3.6 Text Field:
Gen. 2.4.26 Comments: Bank Question, Low Cog, SRO level
Gen. 2.4.26 Comments: Bank Question, Low Cog, SRO level 2.4 Emergency Procedures / Plan 2.4.26 Knowledge of facility protection requirements, including fire brigade and l portable fire fighting equipment usage.
 
===2.4 Emergency===
Procedures / Plan 2.4.26 Knowledge of facility protection requirements, including fire brigade and l portable fire fighting equipment usage.
l (CFR: 41.10 / 43.5 / 45.12) l IMPORTANCE RO 3.1 SRO 3.6
l (CFR: 41.10 / 43.5 / 45.12) l IMPORTANCE RO 3.1 SRO 3.6


Line 3,390: Line 3,339:
gen. 2.1.32 Comments: Bank question (2011 Bwd NRC Exam SRO portion) Low cog, sro level
gen. 2.1.32 Comments: Bank question (2011 Bwd NRC Exam SRO portion) Low cog, sro level


===2.1 Conduct===
2.1 Conduct of Operations 2.1.32 Ability to explain and apply system limits and precautions.
of Operations 2.1.32 Ability to explain and apply system limits and precautions.
l (CFR: 41.10 / 43.2 / 45.12)
l (CFR: 41.10 / 43.2 / 45.12)
IMPORTANCE RO 3.8 SRO 4.0
IMPORTANCE RO 3.8 SRO 4.0

Revision as of 05:28, 30 April 2019

2012 Byron Station Initial License Examination Administered Written Examination
ML12055A179
Person / Time
Site: Byron  Constellation icon.png
Issue date: 02/10/2012
From: Bielby M E
Operations Branch III
To:
Exelon Generation Co
Shared Package
ML11354A066 List:
References
Download: ML12055A179 (197)


Text

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 1 of 197 20 January 2012 1 ID: 2012 NRC EXAM RO Q1 Points: 1.00 Given: Unit 2 is at 100% power with all systems aligned normally for this power level.

A pressurizer reference leg leak occurs that is causing:

ALL Pressurizer pressure instruments to sense a CHANGE in pressure of 100 psi/min.

2LT459 to sense a CHANGE in level of 8%/min.

With these conditions, an Automatic Reactor Trip will occur in:

A. 1 minute and 30 seconds due to Pressurizer Pressure High B. 3 minutes and 30 seconds due to Pressurizer Pressure Low C. 4.0 minutes due to Pressurizer Level High D. 4 minutes and 4 seconds due to Pressurizer Pressure Low.

Answer: B Answer Explanation:

Meets KA. Requires examinee knowledge of Reactor Trip setpoints and coincidences to make up a reactor trip which will be indicated on the reactor trip status panel. In addition the examinee must distinguish how a leak will affect level and pressure channel s associated with monitoring pressurizer values.

NOP is 2235psig. A reference line leak will cause indicated pressure to lower. Reactor trip on Lo Pzr Pressure setpoint is 1885. Difference is 350 psi. At 100 psi per minute change it will take 3.5 minutes.

Pressurizer pressure high is incorrect but is plausible if the examinee mistakenly thinks that a reference line break will cause an increase in pressure such as used in a d/p cell. The 1.5 minutes is the correct time to reach the High Pressurizer Pressure Reactor trip setpoint of 2385 if pressure were changing by 100 psi per minute.

This event would cause Pressurizer level high making this choice plausible and the stated time limit is correct as calculated from 60 to 92% but it will occur on only one channel making this incorrect.

Pressure Pressure Low, is correct but 4 minutes and 4 seconds would correspond to an RCS Pressure of 1829 psig which is the Safety Injection setpoint making this a plausible distractor.

ref. BAR 2 A1,B1, A2, C2 and BAR 2

-1 1-A3 EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 2 of 197 20 January 2012 Question 1 Info Question Type:

Multiple Choice Status: Active Always select on test?

No Authorized for practice?

No Points: 1.00 Time to Complete:

0 Difficulty:

0.00 System ID:

28249 User-Defined ID:

2012 NRC EXAM RO Q1 Cross Reference Number:

S.RP3-04 Topic: 2012 NRC Exam RO Question 1 Num Field 1:

RO 3.5 Num Field 2:

SRO 3.6 Text Field:

007K2.03 Comments: New question, Hi Cog., RO Level EPE: 007 Reactor Trip EK2 Knowledge of the interrelations between a reactor trip and the following:

(CFR 41.7 / 45.7)

EK2.03 Reactor trip status panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.5 3.6

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 3 of 197 20 January 2012 2 ID: 2012 NRC EXAM RO Q2 Points: 1.00 Given: You are the Unit 1 Reactor Operator.

Unit 1 is at 95% power with all control systems in automatic.

A small break LOCA occurs resulting in a Reactor Trip and Safety Injection.

You have transitioned from 1BEP

-0, REACTOR TRIP OR SAFETY INJECTION UNIT 1, to 1BEP-1, LOSS OF REACTOR OR SECONDARY COOLANT UNIT 1, AND have subsequently transitioned to 1BEP ES

-1.1, SI TERMINATION UNIT 1.

Normal charging flow has been established.

The RH and SI pumps have been stopped. Containment pressure PEAKED at 4.1 psig and is LOWERING.

Step 11 of 1BEP ES

-1.1 states "VERIFY ECCS FLOW NOT REQUIRED".

For which of the following conditions would you recommend starting additional ECCS pumps and returning to 1BEP

-1, LOSS OF REACTOR OR SECONDARY COOLANT?

A. ALL SG NR levels <10%

B. Pressurizer level is 20%

C. SPDS subcooling iconics displays "0" D. TOTAL FW flow to ALL SGs is <500 gpm

Answer: C Answer Explanation:

Meets KA. Requires examinee knowledge of starting additonal ECCS pumps in relationship to a small break LOCA Per Step 11 of 1BEP ES

-1.1, SI Termination Unit 1, and the associated Operator Action Summary page. If either RCS Subcooling is unacceptable OR Pressurizer Level is not greater than 12% (28% Adverse), manually start ECCS pumps and go to 1BEP

-1 Loss of Reactor or Secondary Coolant. Per the background document, ensuring both Pzr level and subcooling requirements are met, ensures the RCS conditions are under the control of the operator.

The SG parameters are plausible based on EP

-1 steps to "check if ECCS flow should be reduced" which contains SG level and total FW flow requirements Ref: 1BEP ES

-1.1 step 11 and WOG Background document pg. 16.

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 4 of 197 20 January 2012 Question 2 Info Question Type:

Multiple Choice Status: Active Always select on test?

No Authorized for practice?

No Points: 1.00 Time to Complete:

0 Difficulty:

0.00 System ID:

28250 User-Defined ID:

2012 NRC EXAM RO Q2 Cross Reference Number:

T.EP02-01-D Topic: 2012 NRC Exam RO Q2 Num Field 1:

RO 4.1 Num Field 2:

SRO 4.3 Text Field:

009K3.04 Comments: New Question W. Hochstetter 7/21/11 RO Level Low Cog 009 Small Break LOCA EK3 Knowledge of the reasons for the following responses as the apply to the small break LOCA

(CFR 41.5 / 41.10 / 45.6 / 45.13)

EK3.04 Starting additional charging pumps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.1 4.3

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 5 of 197 20 January 2012 3 ID: 2012 NRC EXAM RO Q3 Points: 1.00 Given: All Unit 2 Reactor Coolant Pump Seal Outlet Temperatures are 175 degrees F.

A LOSS of seal cooling occurs to ALL RCPs.

How much further can Seal Outlet Temperatures be allowed to RISE before the affected RCPs must be stopped?

A. 9 degrees F.

B. 20 degrees F.

C. 50 degrees F.

D. 60 degrees F.

Answer: D Answer Explanation:

Meets KA as the question requires the examinee to know required RCP Trip criteria on loss of seal cooling 235°F is called out as trip criteria for seal outlet temperature in1BOA RCP

-2 Loss of Seal Cooling. 184°F is credible as it is listed in BOP RC

-1 as criteria to open the seal bypass valve.

195°F is credible as it is listed in BOP RC

-1 as criteria to trip the RCP on high motor bearing temperature.

225°F is credible as it is listed on 1BOA RCP

-2 as RCP trip criteria associated with lower radial bearing temperature.

Ref: BOA RCP

-2 step 1, BOP RC

-1 pg 4 and 8

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 6 of 197 20 January 2012 Question 3 Info Question Type:

Multiple Choice Status: Active Always select on test?

No Authorized for practice?

No Points: 1.00 Time to Complete:

0 Difficulty:

0.00 System ID:

28335 User-Defined ID:

2012 NRC EXAM RO Q3 Cross Reference Number:

T.OA27-07 Topic: 2012 NRC Exam RO Question #3 Num Field 1:

RO 3.7 Num Field 2:

SRO 3.7 Text Field:

015/017AA2.10 Comments: New Question, RO Level, Low Cog.

015/017 Reactor Coolant Pump (RCP) Malfunctions AA2. Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to the Reactor Coolant Pump Malfunctions (Loss of RC Flow):

(CFR 43.5 / 45.13)

AA2.10 When to secure RCPs on loss of cooling or seal injection . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.7 /3.7

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 7 of 197 20 January 2012 4 ID: 2012 NRC EXAM RO Q4 Points: 1.00 Assume the following on Unit 1:

100% power normal operation and 120 gpm Letdown.

Control rods are in AUTO at 215 steps.

VCT Level is 50%

Unit has maximum allowable identified leakage per Tech. Specs.

VCT level channel 1LT

-112 fails HIGH NO Operator Action is taken What is the status of charging flow, pressurizer level and RCS boron concentration 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br /> after the failure?

Charging Flow Pressurizer Level RCS Boron Concentration A. Lower Lower Higher B. Lower Lower Same C. Same Same Same D. Same Same Higher Answer: B Answer Explanation:

Meets KA as the question requires the examinee to assess charging flow and pressurizer level changes based on a loss of reactor coolant makeup LT-112 failing high prevents auto make

-up from occurring to the VCT. In addition, NO swapover to the RWST will occur as this is a 2 out of 2 feature. LT112 failed high will also cause letdown to divert to the HUT. This will result in NO M/U or letdown to the VCT and the only input will be RCP seal leak

-off of about 12 gpm. VCT level at 50% is approximately 1000 gallons. VCT level will drain to 0% in about 8.3 mins. based on 132 gpm charging. After approximately 8 minutes the running CV pump would cavitate causing a flow reduction into the RCS. Pressurizer level will start to drop from 60% to 17% due to continued letdown being diverted to the HUT and no charging at about 1% per minute. Total time now is about 51 minutes. At this point with essentially no charging and no letdown (except seal return flow) and a 10 gpm leak Pzr level will continue to drop about 5% over the remaining hour.

A is plausible if the examinee feels a swapover to the RWST will occur, which would cause Tave to lower. The lower Tave will cause PZR programmed level to lower and reduce charging flow.

C is plausible if the examinee thinks the control functions for VCT level control are associated with 1L T-185, meaning auto VCT make

-up would occur which would result in no changes to the above parameters.

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 8 of 197 20 January 2012 D is plausible if the examinee believes the swapover to the RWST did occur but the negative reactivity added by the boron is off

-set by the positive reactivity of the control rods stepping out to maintain Tave on program. The negative reactivity inserted by charging pump make

-up from the RWST is much greater than the positive reactivity added by the rods in the number of steps remaining until the rod stop ceases futher outward motion.

B is correct based on the above explanation

Ref: BAR 1 A2 Question 4 Info Question Type:

Multiple Choice Status: Active Always select on test?

No Authorized for practice?

No Points: 1.00 Time to Complete:

0 Difficulty:

0.00 System ID:

28251 User-Defined ID:

2012 NRC EXAM RO Q4 Cross Reference Number:

S.CV2-11 Topic: 2012 NRC Exam RO Question 4 Num Field 1:

RO 3.0 Num Field 2:

SRO 3.4 Text Field:

022AK1.03 Comments: Bank Question RO Level High Cog APE: 022 Loss of Reactor Coolant Makeup IMPORTANCE K/A NO. KNOWLEDGE RO SRO AK1. Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to Loss of Reactor Coolant Makeup AK1.03 Relationship between charging flow and PZR level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.0 3.4

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 9 of 197 20 January 2012 5 ID: 2012 NRC EXAM RO Q#5 Points: 1.00 Given: Unit 2 is in MODE 5.

RCS pressure is 100 psig.

Operating CC pump discharge pressure is 115 psig.

2A RH pump is running in the shutdown cooling mode.

A large tube leak develops in the 2A RH Heat Exchanger.

How and why is the Unit 2 Component Cooling Water system affected?

CC pump discharge pressure...

A. RISES due to flow into the CC system.

B. DROPS due to LOWERING CC surge tank level.

C. DROPS due to pumping a GREATER flowrate.

D. RISES due to LOWER CC system back pressure.

Answer: A Answer Explanation:

Meets K/A. Requires knowledge of effect of heat exchanger tube rupture, knowledge of RH pump effects on system pressure and the interrelationship of RH and CC in the RH Heat exchanger.

With RH pump running, RH pump discharge pressure will be in excess of 200 psig because RCS pressure of 100 psig is added to pump d/p to obtain RH pressure in the heat exchanger, which is the location of the leak. RH (RCS) will leak into the CC system causing an increase in surge tank level, also increasing system pressure from RH flow into the system, and hence a higher CC pump discharge pressure.

The 2 distractors stating that CC pump discharge pressure lowers are considered plausible because as stated in the stem, CC system pressure is higher than RCS pressure which may cause the examinee to think that the leak will result in CC leaking out of the CC system.

CC system pressure rising based on lower CC system backpressure is plausible if the examinee doesn't understand a centrifugal pump characteristic curve.

Ref: BAR 2 A5 which also refers the operator to BOA PRI

-10, Loss of RH Cooling, and to BOA PRI

-6, Component Cooling Water Malfunction. High Surge tank level is a possible entry condition to Loss of RH which then directs the operator to continue in PRI-10 and go to BOA PRI-6.

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 10 of 197 20 January 2012 Question 5 Info Question Type:

Multiple Choice Status: Active Always select on test?

No Authorized for practice?

No Points: 1.00 Time to Complete:

0 Difficulty:

0.00 System ID:

28279 User-Defined ID:

2012 NRC EXAM RO Q#5 Cross Reference Number:

S.RH1-07 Topic: 2012 NRC Exam RO Question #5 Num Field 1:

RO 2.7 Num Field 2:

SRO 2.7 Text Field:

025AK2.03 Comments: New Question High Cog RO Level 025 Loss of Residual Heat Removal System (RHRS)

AK2. Knowledge of the interrelations between the Loss of Residual Heat Removal System and the following:

(CFR 41.7 / 45.7)

AK2.03 Service water or closed cooling water pumps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.7 2.7

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 11 of 197 20 January 2012 6 ID: 2012 NRC EXAM RO Q6 Points: 1.00 Given: - Unit 1 is at 100% power.

- All systems are normally aligned.

- Pressurizer Pressure Control Channel Select Switch is in 455/456 position.

- Annunciator 1 A1, PZR PRESS LOW RX TRIP STPT ALERT, is LIT.

- Annunciator 1 C1, PZR PRESS CONT DEV LOW HTRS ON, is LIT.

- 1PT455 has failed LOW.

Based on the above conditions, and with NO operator actions, which of the following will be observed on the control boards?

A. PZR PORV 1RY455A is cycling.

B. PZR PORV 1RY456 is cycling.

C. Both spray valves, 1RY455B & C, are FULL OPEN.

D. P-11 is LIT on the Bypass Permissive Panel.

Answer: B Answer Explanation:

Question meets KA

- question requires examinee to determine the response of PZR PORV's, heaters and spray to a pressurizer control malfunction.

Normal PZR pressure control alignment is channel 455/456. If the controlling channel (455) failed low, PZR heaters would energize and RCS pressure would rise. PZR spray valves and PORV 455A would not open. PZR PORV 456 would open and cycle to maintain RCS pressure. Annunciator 1 A1 and 1-12-C1 would come in due to 455 failed low.

The other choices are all plausible based on the examinees misconception of the failure and interface with the control system.

Ref: Annunciator 1 A1 and 1-12-C1 and Pressurizer L

-P page 47.

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 12 of 197 20 January 2012 Question 6 Info Question Type:

Multiple Choice Status: Active Always select on test?

No Authorized for practice?

No Points: 1.00 Time to Complete:

0 Difficulty:

0.00 System ID:

28336 User-Defined ID:

2012 NRC EXAM RO Q6 Cross Reference Number:

3D.OA-11-A Topic: 2012 NRC Exam RO Question 6 Num Field 1:

RO 4.0 Num Field 2:

SRO 3.9 Text Field:

027AA1.01 Comments: Bank Question, HI Cog, RO Level 027 Pressurizer Pressure Control System (PZR PCS) Malfunction AA1. Ability to operate and / or monitor the following as they apply to the Pressurizer Pressure Control Malfunctions:

(CFR 41.7 / 45.5 / 45.6)

AA1.01 PZR heaters, sprays, and PORVs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.0 3.9

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 13 of 197 20 January 2012 7 ID: 2012 NRC EXAM RO Q7 Points: 1.00 Given: The reactor was initially at 100% power.

All systems are configured for a full power line up.

A transient has occurred that caused reactor trip setpoints to be exceeded.

An automatic reactor trip does NOT occur.

Your attempts to trip the reactor manually from the control room fail.

Which choice below will result in a Reactor TRIP? (consider each choice SEPARATELY)

A. Remove the DC Control power fuse for RTB.

B. Place MG set B generator side breaker in "PULL TO LOCK".

C. Depress the TRIP push button on switchgear labelled BYB.

D. Locally trip RTB by depressing the switchgear manual TRIP pushbutton.

Answer: D Answer Explanation:

Meets K/A. RO Level. Requires knowledge of local reactor trip actions and Rod Drive system design. Question steam places the operator in an ATWS condition and requires knowledge of how to trip the reactor locally using switchgear trip pushbuttons.

Distractor involving opening of 1 MG set generator breaker will not result in a trip because 2 MG sets are normally operating, however this is plausible based on ATWS actions. Opening the BYB breaker is plausible because during surveillance testing opening this breaker will result in a reactor trip.

Removing DC control power fuses will not result in the Reactor Trip breakers opening however, it is considered plausible based on an under voltage trip (from SSPS) for the reactor trip breakers.

The correct answer is correct based on only 1 reactor trip breaker must open to cause a reactor trip.

Ref. 6E-1-4030RD07, lower right hand portion "key diagram".

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 14 of 197 20 January 2012 Question 7 Info Question Type:

Multiple Choice Status: Active Always select on test?

No Authorized for practice?

No Points: 1.00 Time to Complete:

0 Difficulty:

0.00 System ID:

28275 User-Defined ID:

2012 NRC EXAM RO Q7 Cross Reference Number:

T.FR01-07 Topic: 2012 NRC Exam RO question #7 Num Field 1:

RO 4.5 Num Field 2:

SRO 4.5 Text Field:

029EA1.08 Comments: New Question Low Cog. RO level

029 Anticipated Transient Without Scram (ATWS)

EA1 Ability to operate and monitor the following as they apply to a ATWS:

EA1.08 Reactor trip switch pushbutton . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.5 4.5 (CFR 41.7 / 45.5 / 45.6)

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 15 of 197 20 January 2012 8 ID: 2012 NRC EXAM RO Q8 Points: 1.00 Given: Unit 1 was operating at Hot Full Power (HFP) with all systems aligned normally.

The 10 highest Core Exit thermocouple (CETC) temperature readings were 617 degrees F.

12 minutes ago a Reactor Trip and Safety Injection were initiated due to a Steam Generator Tube Rupture.

The crew has exited 1BEP

-0, REACTOR TRIP OR SAFETY INJECTION UNIT 1 and has transitioned to 1BEP

-3, STEAM GENERATOR TUBE RUPTURE, UNIT 1.

Currently: RCS Pressure is 1785 psig The 10 highest Core Exit thermocouple readings are 548 degrees F.

The lowest ruptured S/G pressure (prior to cooldown) is 1085 psig

The crew is at step 6 preparing to Initiate RCS Cooldown to 516 degrees F by dumping steam at the Maximum Rate with the intent of eventually lowering RCS Pressure to current S/G pressure.

Of the following, Unit 1 was at MINIMUM RCS Subcooling ...

A. While at HFP.

B. At Hot Zero Power (HZP) temperature and SI setpoint for RCS pressure.

C. Immediately PRIOR to the initial cooldown.

D. At the completion of the FIRST depressurization.

Answer: A Answer Explanation:

Meets K/A. Question places the examinee in a SGTR and requires the use of steam tables to calculate RCS subcooling.

Prior to the event Th=617, Pzr = 653 Subcooling = 36 degrees Immediately prior to initial cooldown is not correct because 1800 psia has a sat. temp of 621 degress, RCS is currently 548 degress leaving 73 degrees of subcooling.

After the initial depressurization is not correct because RCS pressure of 1100 psia corresponds to 556 degrees, RCS temp is less than 516 degrees (per procedural step 14 of 1BEP-3) resulting in at least 40 degrees of subcooling.

At the time of trip and SI (assuming 557 degrees RCS temp) is not correct. 1829 psig corresponds with approximately 623 degrees. 623

-557 = 66 degress of subcooling.

Ref: Steam tables, saturated portion.

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 16 of 197 20 January 2012 Question 8 Info Question Type:

Multiple Choice Status: Active Always select on test?

No Authorized for practice?

No Points: 1.00 Time to Complete:

0 Difficulty:

0.00 System ID:

28273 User-Defined ID:

2012 NRC EXAM RO Q8 Cross Reference Number:

T.EP04-08 Topic: 2012 NRC Exam RO Question #8 Num Field 1:

RO 3.1 Num Field 2:

SRO 3.4 Text Field:

038K1.01 Comments: New Question High Cog RO Level 038 Steam Generator Tube Rupture (SGTR)

K/A NO. KNOWLEDGE RO SRO EK1 Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to the SGTR:

(CFR 41.8 / 41.10 / 45.3)

EK1.01 Use of steam tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 3.4

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 17 of 197 20 January 2012 9 ID: 2012 NRC EXAM RO Q9 Points: 1.00 Given: Unit 2 was at 100% power.

All systems were normally aligned.

An inadvertent FW Isolation occurred.

The crew has implemented 2BEP

-0, REACTOR TRIP OR SAFETY INJECTION, and has transitioned to 2BEP ES

-0.1, REACTOR TRIP RESPONSE.

While performing 2BEP ES

-0.1, step 1, Check RCS Temperatures, the following indications are noted: ALL RCPs are running.

RCS Tave is 553°F and LOWERING.

ALL SG NR levels are 5% and RISING.

ALL Steam Dumps are CLOSED.

ALL SG Blowdown Isolation valves are CLOSED.

BOTH AF Pumps are running and delivering 1200 GPM TOTAL flow to the SGs.

Containment Pressure is 0.4 psig and STABLE.

Based on the above indications, the FIRST action the crew will take is:

A. trip ALL RCPs.

B. transition to 2BFR

-H.1, RESPONSE TO LOSS OF HEAT SINK.

C. initiate emergency boration of the RCS per 2BOA Pri

-2 D. throttle AF flow control valves while maintaining at least 500 GPM total flow to the SGs. Answer: D Answer Explanation:

Question meets KA

- question requires examinee determine AF adjustments needed to maintain proper T

-ave and S/G level during a Loss of Main Feedwater event.

With RCS temperature lowering less than 557°F, 2BEP ES

-0.1 step 1 RNO directs the operators to stop dumping steam (already done w/steam dumps closed), isolate blowdown (done), then throttle AF flow to greater than 500 gpm. The step is a CAS, thus RO required knowledge.

Tripping RCPs is plausible because some EOPs have a note that RCP trip criteria applies until an operator controlled RCS cooldown is initiated. Conditions in the stem may be mis-interpreted as an uncontrolled cooldown is taking place.

The correct answer is correct see explanation above.

SG levels are below 2BFR

-H.1 transition level, but AF flow is met making this incorrect.

emergency boration follows reducing AF Flow and is incorrect because the stem asks the first action Ref: 2BEP ES

-0.1 step 1 RNO

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 18 of 197 20 January 2012 Question 9 Info Question Type:

Multiple Choice Status: Active Always select on test?

No Authorized for practice?

No Points: 1.00 Time to Complete:

0 Difficulty:

0.00 System ID:

28258 User-Defined ID:

2012 NRC EXAM RO Q9 Cross Reference Number:

T.EP01-03 Topic: 2012 NRC Exam RO Question 9 Num Field 1:

RO 4.0 Num Field 2:

SRO 4.3 Text Field:

054AA2.06 Comments: Bank Question 2011 Braidwood Cert Exam Hi Cog RO Level 054 Loss of Main Feedwater (MFW)

AA2. Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to the Loss of Main Feedwater (MFW):

(CFR: 43.5 / 45.13)

AA2.06 AFW adjustments needed to maintain proper T

-ave. and S/G level . . . . . . . . 4.0 4.3

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 19 of 197 20 January 2012 10 ID: 2012 NRC EXAM RO Q10 Points: 1.00 From the following, choose the ENTRY CONDITION and IMMEDIATE ACTIONS STEPS for 1BCA 0.0, LOSS OF ALL AC POWER, UNIT 1.

Entry Condition Immediate Actions A. Buses 141 AND 142 deenergized.

1) Verify negative SUR on IR NIs
2) Verify AF Flow > 500g pm B. Buses 141 AND 142 deenergized.
1) Verify Reactor Trip Breakers OPEN
2) Isolate Steam Lines C. BOTH SATs deenergized.
1) Verify Reactor Trip Breakers OPEN
2) Isolate Steam Lines D. BOTH SATs deenergized.
1) Verify negative SUR on IR NIs
2) Verify AF Flow > 500gpm

Answer: B Answer Explanation:

Meets K/A. Examinee must know entry conditions and immediate actions of BCA 0.0.

The correct answer lists the entry conditions and both immediate action steps.

The entry conditions are all plausible because it contains the 4KV buses or their normal power supply .

The Immediate action steps are all plausible because they are procedure steps.

Ref: 1BCA 0.0 symptom or entry conditions section and Step 1 of the procedure.

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 20 of 197 20 January 2012 Question 10 Info Question Type:

Multiple Choice Status: Active Always select on test?

No Authorized for practice?

No Points: 1.00 Time to Complete:

0 Difficulty:

0.00 System ID:

28283 User-Defined ID:

2012 NRC EXAM RO Q10 Cross Reference Number:

T.CA1-01 Topic: 2012 NRC Exam RO Question #10 Num Field 1:

RO 4.6 Num Field 2:

SRO 4.8 Text Field:

055 G 2.4.1 Comments: New Question Low Cog 055 Loss of Offsite and Onsite Power (Station Blackout) 2.4 Emergency Procedures / Plan 2.4.1 Knowledge of EOP entry conditions and immediate action steps.

l (CFR: 41.10 / 43.5 / 45.13) l IMPORTANCE RO 4.6 SRO 4.8

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 21 of 197 20 January 2012 11 ID: 2012 NRC EXAM RO Q11 Points: 1.00 Given: Unit 1 is at rated power, with all systems normally aligned.

A loss of 120 VAC Instrument Bus 111 occurs.

Shortly afterward, a valid SI signal is actuated.

With NO Operator action, which of the following describes the position and indication of 1CV112D, RWST to U

-1 CHG PPS SUCT ISOL VLV one minute after the SI signal?

1CV112D is-A. OPEN, and indicates OPEN B. CLOSED, and indicates CLOSED.

C. OPEN, but both OPEN and CLOSED indications are DARK.

D. CLOSED, but both OPEN and CLOSED indications are DARK.

Answer: B Answer Explanation:

Meets K/A. Requires examinee to assess the position of charging pump suction valve from RWST following a loss of vital instrument power.

The loss of the 120VAC Instrument bus results in the loss of the 'A' Train of Slave Relays in SSPS. This directly affects the 1CV112D, in that it will not receive an automatic signal to reposition to its SI position. Thus it will stay closed, until stroked by the operator, (which has been precluded by the 'With NO Operator Action' clause in the stem). The position indication lights are not affected, and will indicate that the valve is closed (closed light lit, and open light dark) because these lights are fed from 480V MCC. This valve is a MOV.

Open and indicates open is plausible if the examinee thinks this valve will be unaffected.

Closed, but both open and closed indications are dark is plausible if the examinee thinks that this valves is powered from Instr. Bus 111 Open and open and closed indication is dark is plausible if the examinee thinks the valve is controlled by an AC solenoid (fail open) fed from Inst. Bus 111.

Ref: 1BOA Elec

-2 Table A 1.a which states that Train A ESF loads will not auto actuate or reset.

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 22 of 197 20 January 2012 Question 11 Info Question Type:

Multiple Choice Status: Active Always select on test?

No Authorized for practice?

No Points: 1.00 Time to Complete:

0 Difficulty:

0.00 System ID:

28254 User-Defined ID:

2012 NRC EXAM RO Q11 Cross Reference Number:

T.OA02-03 Topic: 2012 NRC Exam RO question 11 Num Field 1:

RO 3.3 Num Field 2:

SRO 3.5 Text Field:

057 AA2.07 Comments: New Question High Cog RO Level 057 Loss of Vital AC Electrical Instrument Bus AA2. Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to the Loss of Vital AC Instrument Bus:

(CFR: 43.5 / 45.13)

AA2.07 Valve indicator of charging pump suction valve from RWST . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.3 3.5

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 23 of 197 20 January 2012 12 ID: 2012 NRC EXAM RO Q12 Points: 1.00 Given the following plant conditions on Unit 1:

Reactor power is 50% and stable.

Annunciator 1 E10 "125V DC DIST PNL 111/113 VOLT LOW" is LIT.

DC bus 111 voltmeter = 0 volts.

Based on the above indications answer the following:

Which DC power component(s) has/have been deenergized?

A. ONLY Bus 111 B. Bus 111 AND 111 Battery Charger C. Buses 111 AND 113 D. ONLY Bus 113 Answer: C Answer Explanation:

Meets K/A. Requires examinee to understand the DC Electrical system and recognize when the system has encountered a malfunction.

The combination of the annunciator with 0 Volts on the meter indicates a loss of DC bus 111. Meter indication >0 with the annunciator "lit" would indicate a loss of DC bus 113 only. The loss of the associated DC battery charger is considered a plausible distractor as it is the normal power supply to the DC Busses.

Ref:DC System L

-P, chapter 8a, page 12 and BAR 21

-E-10 EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 24 of 197 20 January 2012 Question 12 Info Question Type:

Multiple Choice Status: Active Always select on test?

No Authorized for practice?

No Points: 1.00 Time to Complete:

0 Difficulty:

0.00 System ID:

28284 User-Defined ID:

2012 NRC EXAM RO Q12 Cross Reference Number:

3D.OA-23-A Topic: 2012 NRC Exam RO Question 12 Num Field 1:

RO 4.1 Num Field 2:

SRO 4.3 Text Field:

058 G 2.4.45 Comments: New Question, High Cog 058 Loss of DC Power 2.4.45 Ability to prioritize and interpret the significance of each annunciator or alarm.

l (CFR: 41.10 / 43.5 / 45.3 / 45.12)

IMPORTANCE RO 4.1 SRO 4.3

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 25 of 197 20 January 2012 13 ID: 2012 NRC EXAM RO Q13 Points: 1.00 Both Units are at 100% power, with the 1A and 2B SX pumps running.

The following annunciators alarm:

1-2-A1, SX PUMP TRIP 1-2-A2, SX PUMP DISCHARGE HEADER PRESSURE LOW In accordance with 1BOA PRI

-7, ESSENTIAL SERVICE WATER MALFUNCTION, the Unit 1 NSO should verify...

A. the 1B SX pump automatically starts.

B. 1SX005 and 2SX005, CC HX 0 INLT VLVs, are OPEN, then manually start the 1B SX pump.

C. 1SX033 and 1SX034, SX PP 1A and 1B XTIE VLVs, are OPEN.

D. 1SX016B and 1SX027B, RCFC inlet and outlet valves, are OPEN, then manually start the 1B SX pump.

Answer: D Answer Explanation:

Meets K/A . Requires examinee knowledge of BOA Pri

-7 and actions to start a standby SX pump, should the running pump fail.

Auto start is plausible if examinee, thinks this feature works similair to CC pumps.

Manually starting the pump after opening 1and 2 SX005 is considered plausible since the BAR lists these actions if no pump is running on the Unit.

Cross-tie with the other train is considered plausible because the procedure does address this if NO SX pump is able to be started on the unit.

Ref: 1BOA PRI

-7, Essentual Service Water Malfunction, Step 1. and BARs 1 A1, A2, and B1.

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 26 of 197 20 January 2012 Question 13 Info Question Type:

Multiple Choice Status: Active Always select on test?

No Authorized for practice?

No Points: 1.00 Time to Complete:

0 Difficulty:

0.00 System ID:

28285 User-Defined ID:

2012 NRC EXAM RO Q13 Cross Reference Number:

T.OA18-03 Topic: 2012 NRC Exam RO Question 13 Num Field 1:

RO 4.0 Num Field 2:

SRO 4.2 Text Field:

062G2.4.11 Comments: Bank Question, Low Cog 062 Loss of Nuclear Service Water 2.4.11 Knowledge of abnormal condition procedures.

l (CFR: 41.10 / 43.5 / 45.13)

IMPORTANCE RO 4.0 SRO 4.2

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 27 of 197 20 January 2012 14 ID: 2012 NRC EXAM RO Q14 Points: 1.00 Given: Unit 1 is operating at 75% power The 1B Regen Heat Exchanger is in service.

The following sequence of events occurs:

The control power fuse for 1IA065, INSTRUMENT AIR OUTSIDE CNMT ISOL VLV, blows in 1PM11J. Instrument air to Unit 1 containment is isolated and ALL affected CVCS valves in containment are in their FAIL position.

5 minutes later, the defective fuse is replaced and 1IA065 is re

-opened. Instrument air is fully restored to the containment.

Charging flow has been re

-established to the 1B Regen Heat Exchanger.

The control switches depicted below have not changed state since the event occurred.

When instrument air and charging were restored to the containment, what are the positions of 1CV8389B and 1CV8160?

1CV8389B is ...

1CV8160 is ...

A. open closed B. open open C. closed open D. closed closed

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 28 of 197 20 January 2012 Answer: A Answer Explanation:

Meets KA. Requires examinee to predict CVCS valve position changes during restoration of IA to the containment.

The correct answer is correct because the 1CV8389B C/S is a maintain contact C/S. When air is restored no switch manipulation is needed to restore the valve to the original open position provided charging is reestablished to the heat exchanger first, as stated in the stem. 1CV 8160 is a spring return to center (auto) position. This circuit has a "seal

-in" contact so the valve is maintained open, normally. When air pressure is lost, the valve fails closed and the seal in is lost. To reopen the valve the operator must take the switch to open until the closed light goes out and then release the control switch to re

-establish the seal-in. All distractors are plausible based on the students understanding of:

Valve failure positions on loss of air understanding of control switch operations understanding of seal in circuits understanding of which valves are AOVs or MOVs Ref: 6E-1-4030 CV28 and CV27 Question 14 Info Question Type:

Multiple Choice Status: Active Always select on test?

No Authorized for practice?

No Points: 1.00 Time to Complete:

0 Difficulty:

0.00 System ID:

28341 User-Defined ID:

2012 NRC EXAM RO Q14 Cross Reference Number:

3C.IA-01-A Topic: 2012 NRC Exam RO Question 14 Num Field 1:

RO 2.9 Num Field 2:

SRO 3.1 Text Field:

065AA1.03 Comments: New Question, High Cog. RO Level

065 Loss of Instrument Air AA1. Ability to operate and / or monitor the following as they apply to the Loss of Instrument Air:

(CFR 41.7 / 45.5 / 45.6)

AA1.03 Restoration of systems served by instrument air when pressure is regained 2.9 3.1 ref: 4030 CV27 (8389B) and CV

-28 (8160)

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 29 of 197 20 January 2012 15 ID: 2012 NRC EXAM RO 15 Points: 1.00 Unit 1 has experienced a Small Break LOCA.

When performing 1BCA

-1.2, LOCA OUTSIDE CONTAINMENT, why are RH components isolated BEFORE the other ECCS components?

A. To isolate the MOST likely leak location.

B. To ensure RCS injection flow is maintained during leak identification.

C. To isolate the lowest setpoint suction relief valves of all ECCS pumps.

D. To prevent damage to the RH system so it remains available for long term cooling.

Answer: A Answer Explanation:

Meets KA. Requires examinee to know the reason why the RH system is first checked for leaks during a LOCA outside of containment.

Correct answer: LOCA outside containment is most likely to occur in RHR piping due to low system design pressure.

All distractors are plausible reasons as to why RH is isolated first, but are incorrect.

RH pp suction relief valves lift at 450 psig, while the same components for CV and SI pumps lift at 220 psig, making this distractor wrong but plausible.

Ref: WOG Background document CA-1.2 pg 6 of 10.

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 30 of 197 20 January 2012 Question 15 Info Question Type:

Multiple Choice Status: Active Always select on test?

No Authorized for practice?

No Points: 1.00 Time to Complete:

3 Difficulty:

3.00 System ID:

28012 User-Defined ID:

2012 NRC EXAM RO 15 Cross Reference Number:

T.CA2-03 Topic: Background for RH isolation Num Field 1:

3.8 Num Field 2:

3.8 Text Field:

WE04EK3.3 Comments: Bank Question,Low Cog, RO Level E04 LOCA Outside Containment EK3. Knowledge of the reasons for the following responses as they apply to the (LOCA Outside Containment)

(CFR: 41.5 / 41.10, 45.6, 45.13)

EK3.3 Manipulation of controls required to obtain desired operating results during abnormal, and emergency situations

. IMPORTANCE RO 3.8 SRO 3.8

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 31 of 197 20 January 2012 16 ID: 2012 NRC EXAM RO 16 Points: 1.00 Given the following plant conditions:

Unit 1 was at 100% power.

A Large Break RCS LOCA occurred.

While performing 1BEP ES

-1.3, TRANSFER TO COLD LEG RECIRCULATION, 1SI8811A AND 1SI8811B, Containment Sump Isolation Valves, would NOT open in auto or manual.

The operating crew has implemented 1BCA

-1.1, LOSS OF EMERGENCY COOLANT RECIRCULATION and is currently at step 12, ESTABLISH ONE TRAIN OF ECCS FLOW.

Under these conditions, the reason 1BCA

-1.1 directs establishing only ONE train of SI flow is to...

A. Allow initiating blended makeup flow to the suction of the charging pumps.

B. Reduce ECCS flow to allow more inventory availability for Containment Spray. C. To ensure a loss of ONE ESF Division ONLY affects one train of SI flow.

D. Reduce the RWST depletion rate to delay stopping all pumps taking suction from the RWST.

Answer: D Answer Explanation:

Meets KA. Requires examinee to know the reason why only 1 train of ECCS flow is utilized while implementing Loss of Emergency Coolant Recirculation Correct answer because a loss of ECR requires establishing one train of SI flow to minimize RWST depletion.

Distractor A is considered plausible because reducing the rate of inventory depletion will allow more time for sources to make up to the ECCS system. Distracter B is considered plausible, but incorrect, because in addition to the ECCS pumps taking suction from the RWST, the RWST is a suction source for the Containment Spray pumps.

Distracter C is plausible because throughout the EOPs there are steps checking the status of 4KV ESF busses and the reason for that per the background documents is to provide a redundant safety train to mitigate the event consistent with ERGs intent.

Ref: WOG Background Doc. CA

-1.1 Step 5 (pg.11), Step 11 (pg. 21) and step 12 (pg 22)

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 32 of 197 20 January 2012 Question 16 Info Question Type:

Multiple Choice Status: Active Always select on test?

No Authorized for practice?

No Points: 1.00 Time to Complete:

3 Difficulty:

3.00 System ID:

28013 User-Defined ID:

2012 NRC EXAM RO 16 Cross Reference Number:

T.CA2-03 Topic: BCA 1.1 RWST preservation Num Field 1:

3.8 Num Field 2:

3.8 Text Field:

WE11EK3.3 Comments: Bank Question, Low Cog., RO level WOG background document for CA

-1.1 E11 Loss of Emergency Coolant Recirculation EK3. Knowledge of the reasons for the following responses as they apply to the (Loss of Emergency Coolant Recirculation)

(CFR: 41.5 / 41.10, 45.6, 45.13)

EK3.3 Manipulation of controls required to obtain desired operating results during abnormal, and emergency situations.

IMPORTANCE RO 3.8 SRO 3.8

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 33 of 197 20 January 2012 17 ID: 2012 NRC EXAM RO Q17 Points: 1.00 Given: - Unit 1 is experiencing a LOSS of Heat Sink condition with the following plant parameters:

- ALL ECCS pumps are RUNNING.

- ALL SG WR levels are 50%.

- RCS pressure is 2200 psig.

- Containment pressure is 1.4 psig.

- The crew is performing 1BFR

-H.1, RESPONSE TO LOSS OF SECONDARY HEAT SINK at step 4, trying to re

-establish AF flow.

With the above conditions, which one of the following conditions would require the crew to IMMEDIATELY initiate Bleed and Feed?

(consider each choice separately)

A. 1A CV pump TRIPS.

B. RCS pressure RISES to 2300 psig.

C. ALL SG WR levels DROP to 4%

D. Containment pressure RISES to 5.2 psig.

Answer: C Answer Explanation:

The question meets the K/A, requires examinee knowledge of conditions signals (MCR indications) that would require bleed and feed (operational implication) 1BFR-H.1 OAS page list bleed and feed criteria after performance of step 3 as any of the following.

WR SG level <27% (43% adverse) in any 3 SGs.

RCS pressure >2335 due to loss of heat sink.

No CV pumps available.

Choice B is incorrect, pressure still below 2335#.

Choice D is incorrect, containment would be adverse, but current SG levels at 50% would not meet bleed and feed criteria.

Choice C is correct, levels are below normal values of 27%.

Choice A is incorrect, 1B CV pp would still be running.

Ref: 1BFR-H.1 OAS page

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 34 of 197 20 January 2012 Question 17 Info Question Type:

Multiple Choice Status: Active Always select on test?

No Authorized for practice?

No Points: 1.00 Time to Complete:

0 Difficulty:

0.00 System ID:

28269 User-Defined ID:

2012 NRC EXAM RO Q17 Cross Reference Number:

T.MI08-03 Topic: 2012 NRC RO Exam Question 17 Num Field 1:

RO 3.9 Num Field 2:

SRO 4.1 Text Field:

W/E05K1.03 Comments: From 2009 Braidwood NRC Exam High Cog RO Level E05 Loss of Secondary Heat Sink EK1. Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to the (Loss of Secondary Heat Sink)

(CFR: 41.8 / 41.10, 45.3)

EK1.3 Annunciators and conditions indicating signals, and remedial actions associated with the (Loss of Secondary Heat Sink).

IMPORTANCE RO 3.9 SRO 4.1

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 35 of 197 20 January 2012 18 ID: 2012 NRC EXAM RO Q18 Points: 1.00 Given: Both units are operating at full power and in normal full power alignments.

DEHC is configured with Impulse Pressure

-IN and MW-OUT The station has entered 0BOA ELEC

-1, DEGRADED SWYD VOLTAGE UNIT 0, due to actual degrading voltage conditions.

How will U-1 Turbine Generator Megawatt output and the Voltage Regulator respond as customer demand RISES and system frequency DROPS?

(Assume main turbine speed lowers by 4 rpm due to the load change.)

Megawatt OUTPUT will Voltage Regulator OUTPUT will A. rise rise B. remain the same rise C. remain the same remain the same D. rise remain the same Answer: A Answer Explanation:

Meets K/A. Requires knowledge of Turbine Generator load and voltage control during grid disturbances.

As customer demand increases, load on the system increases causing the system frequency and voltage to lower. The turbine speed reduction will result in calling for the governor valves to open. This will be partially off

-set by P-imp limiting further open valve movement. Per BGP 100

-3 if speed varies by more than 2 rpm, governor valve and hence reactor power will be affected. As system load increases voltage will lower. The voltage regulator, in auto, will increase output.

All distracters are plausible based on the examinee's knowledge of the interrelated systems and the affects that the grid places on unit operations.

Ref: BGP 100

-3 Step E.2.s. (pg 15)

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 36 of 197 20 January 2012 Question 18 Info Question Type:

Multiple Choice Status: Active Always select on test?

No Authorized for practice?

No Points: 1.00 Time to Complete:

0 Difficulty:

0.00 System ID:

28286 User-Defined ID:

2012 NRC EXAM RO Q18 Cross Reference Number:

3D.OA-48-C Topic: 2012 NRC exam RO Question 18 Num Field 1:

RO 3.6 Num Field 2:

SRO 3.7 Text Field:

077AK2.07 Comments: New question, High Cog, RO level 077 Generator Voltage and Electric Grid Disturbances AK2. Knowledge of the interrelations between Generator Voltage l and Electric Grid Disturbances and the following:

l (CFR: 41.4, 41.5, 41.7, 41.10 / 45.8)

AK2.07 Turbine / generator control........................................................ 3.6 3.7

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 37 of 197 20 January 2012 19 ID: 2012 NRC EXAM RO Q19 Points: 1.00 While recovering a dropped Group 1 Rod on Control Bank C in accordance with 1BOA ROD

-3, DROPPED OR MISALIGNED ROD, annunciator 1 C6, ROD CONTROL URGENT FAILURE, alarm is EXPECTED from Unit 1 Rod Control Power Cabinet....

A. 1AC B. 1BD C. 2AC D. 2BD Answer: C Answer Explanation:

Meets KA. Requires examinee to determine rod drive logic circuit alarms/actions associated with the recovery of a dropped control rod.

During the dropped rod recovery the lift coils are de

-energized to all the rods in the affected group EXCEPT the affected rod, and all the rods in the opposite group of the affected control bank. This causes a Rod Control Urgent Failure alarm due to a regulation (logic) failure in the 2AC power cabinet since demand current does not equal actual current for any rod in that group. Choices with BD rod bank power cabinets are plausible because it is a common misconception for students to confuse power supplies and logic cabinets with control banks and groups.

Ref: BAR 1 C6 and 1BOA ROD

-3 EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 38 of 197 20 January 2012 Question 19 Info Question Type:

Multiple Choice Status: Active Always select on test?

No Authorized for practice?

No Points: 1.00 Time to Complete:

0 Difficulty:

0.00 System ID:

28253 User-Defined ID:

2012 NRC EXAM RO Q19 Cross Reference Number:

S.RD1-15-A Topic: 2012 NRC Exam RO Question #19 Num Field 1:

RO 2.5 Num Field 2:

SRO 2.8 Text Field:

APE003 AK2.05 Comments: Bank question RO level Low Cog 2011 Braidwood NRC exam APE: 003 Dropped Control Rod AK2. Knowledge of the interrelations between the Dropped Control Rod and the following:

(CFR 41.7 / 45.7)

AK2.05 Control rod drive power supplies and logic circuits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.5 2.8 EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 39 of 197 20 January 2012 20 ID: 2012 NRC EXAM RO Q20 Points: 1.00 Given: The plant is at 100% power.

All control systems are in a normal/automatic line

-up. The controlling PZR level transmitter, LT 459 sticks at the full power value.

Which of the following describes the subsequent PZR level control/plant response, 6 hours6.944444e-5 days <br />0.00167 hours <br />9.920635e-6 weeks <br />2.283e-6 months <br /> after power is REDUCED to 80%. (Assume NO operator action is taken aside from initiating the ramp)

Charging Letdown Rx Trip Flow Isolates A. constant no no B. lowers no yes C. lowers no no D. lowers yes yes Answer: D Answer Explanation:

Meets K/A, requires knowledge of PZR level control and inputs to RPS.

When controlling channel fails at 60% level and power is ramped back to a lower level the PZR level program calculates a new lower setpoint. Since level is above setpoint charging flow lowers to minimum, resulting in lowering PZR level. At 17% letdown isolates, and charging continues filling the PZR until the Hi PZR Lvl setpoint on 2/3 channels.This is calculated to take a total time of 4.4 hours4.62963e-5 days <br />0.00111 hours <br />6.613757e-6 weeks <br />1.522e-6 months <br />. Note the failed "as is" channel will not trip bistables. All distracters are plausible based on examinees knowledge of system.

Ref: Pressurizer L

-P section C

-Abnormal Operations 3. Level Control Failures. L

-P pg 50.

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 40 of 197 20 January 2012 Question 20 Info Question Type:

Multiple Choice Status: Active Always select on test?

No Authorized for practice?

No Points: 1.00 Time to Complete:

0 Difficulty:

0.00 System ID:

28276 User-Defined ID:

2012 NRC EXAM RO Q20 Cross Reference Number:

3D.OA-12-A Topic: 2012 NRC Exam RO Question 20 Num Field 1:

RO 3.8 Num Field 2:

SRO 3.9 Text Field:

028AA1.01 Comments: Modified question High Cog RO Level

028 Pressurizer (PZR) Level Control Malfunction AA1. Ability to operate and / or monitor the following as they apply to the Pressurizer Level Control Malfunctions: (CFR 41.7 / 45.5 / 45.6)

AA1.01 PZR level reactor protection bistables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.8* 3.9

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 41 of 197 20 January 2012 21 ID: 2012 NRC EXAM RO Q21 Points: 1.00 A reactor startup is in progress at 100 cps in the Source Range.

The control power fuse for NI Channel N

-32 BLOWS. Which ONE of the following describes the NEXT action to be taken?

A. Verify ALL rod bottom lights LIT.

B. RAISE reactor power greater than P

-6, then BLOCK Source Range Hi Flux trip.

C. Manually reinsert ALL Control and Shutdown banks.

D. Place the LEVEL TRIP switch for the affected channel on 1PM07J in BYPASS.

Answer: A Answer Explanation:

Meets K/A Requires knowledge of the power supplies to the source range instrumentation and the interrelationship between that and a loss of Source Range Instrumentation.

Below P-6 and a loss of power to Source Range N

-32, the channel will fail high (trip) making the 1 out of 2 coincidence for a reactor trip.

Place the LEVEL TRIP switch for the affected channel on 1PM07J in BYPASS is procedurally driven but only if greater than P

-6 power. Raise reactor power greater than P

-6, then block Source Range Hi Flux trip is similiar in action to loss of intermediate range detector making this a plausible distractor.

Manually reinserting all rods is a conservative action that the examinee may consider as correct making this a plausible distractor.

Ref: BAR 1 A2 for setpoints and 1BOA Inst

-1 for distracters

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 42 of 197 20 January 2012 Question 21 Info Question Type:

Multiple Choice Status: Active Always select on test?

No Authorized for practice?

No Points: 1.00 Time to Complete:

0 Difficulty:

0.00 System ID:

28278 User-Defined ID:

2012 NRC EXAM RO Q21 Cross Reference Number:

T.OA10-03 Topic: 2012 NRC Exam RO Question #21 Num Field 1:

RO 2.7 Num Field 2:

SRO 3.1 Text Field:

032AK2.01 Comments: Bank Question RO Level High Cog

032 Loss of Source Range Nuclear Instrumentation AK2. Knowledge of the interrelations between the Loss of Source Range Nuclear Instrumentation and the following:

(CFR 41.7 / 45.7)

AK2.01 Power supplies, including proper switch positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.7* 3.1

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 43 of 197 20 January 2012 22 ID: 2012 NRC EXAM RO Q22 Points: 1.00 Given: Unit 1 is being shutdown.

The Main Turbine was taken off

-line a few minutes ago.

Reactor Power is at 8% and being REDUCED by driving rods.

All Power Range Nuclear Instruments currently read 8%.

Suddenly the reactor automatically trips.

Under these conditions, which of the following causes an automatic reactor trip?

A. Loss of Control Power to SR NI channel N31 B. Loss of Control Power to IR NI channel N35 C. Loss of Instrument Power to SR NI channel N32 D. Loss of Instrument Power to PR NI channel N41 Answer: B Answer Explanation:

This meets the KA, because a rapid survey of the control room after the trip would reveal the annuciator in red as the first out, and it could be confirmed by the CP fuse on the IR drawer glowing.

With reactor power below 10%, P

-10 is no longer met, and the Intermediate Range NI trips are no longer blocked. The loss of Control Power to the IR NI results in a Trip signal. At 8% power, P

-6 is still preventing the Source Ranges from being powered, so any loss of control or instrument power to the SR NI will have no impact. The coincidence for a Power Range Trip is 2/4, so a single failure has no impact in this case.

All distractors are plausible based on the examinees understanding of the system.

Ref: BAR 1 B2 and Intermediate Range NI L

-P pg. 14 EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 44 of 197 20 January 2012 Question 22 Info Question Type:

Multiple Choice Status: Active Always select on test?

No Authorized for practice?

No Points: 1.00 Time to Complete:

0 Difficulty:

0.00 System ID:

28255 User-Defined ID:

2012 NRC EXAM RO Q22 Cross Reference Number:

T.OA10-13 Topic: 2012 NRC Exam RO Question 22 Num Field 1:

RO 3.0 Num Field 2:

SRO 3.1 Text Field:

033AA2.05 Comments: New Question Hi Cog RO Level 033 Loss of Intermediate Range Nuclear Instrumentation AA2. Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to the Loss of Intermediate Range Nuclear Instrumentation:

(CFR: 43.5 / 45.13)

AA2.05 Nature of abnormality, from rapid survey of control room data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.0* 3.1?

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 45 of 197 20 January 2012 23 ID: 2012 NRC EXAM RO Q23 Points: 1.00 Given: Unit 2 is at 90% power, with the following:

Rod Control in Automatic, with CBD at 221 steps.

All other systems normally aligned.

Control Bank Worth is 9 pcm/step MTC is 9 pcm/ degree F A turbine ramp down was initiated due to a slow loss of condenser vacuum which causes a 3 degree F CHANGE in Tave.

Exhaust Hood pressure meters (condenser vacuum) are ALL pegged HIGH on 2PM03J.

(NO other operator actions are taken.)

Given the above, and neglecting any effects of Xenon, what is the final rod position for the controlling bank?

A. 0 B. 218 C. 223 D. 224 Answer: A Answer Explanation:

Meets KA. Requires examinee to determine from conditions provided, what rod position is based on lowering condenser vacuum.

When Condenser vacuum degraded past 10"HgA, an automatic trip occurred allowing all the rods (including the controlling bank) to drop to 0 steps. If the examinee calculates necessary rod motion based on 3 degree change in Tave times 9pcm/degree and divides by 9pcm/step, he will get 3 steps on the controlling bank. 218 and 224 are 3 steps from 221. 223 is the automatic rod stop for C

-11. All distractor are plausible based on conditions stated and examinees knowledge.

Ref: BAR 2 E2 EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 46 of 197 20 January 2012 Question 23 Info Question Type:

Multiple Choice Status: Active Always select on test?

No Authorized for practice?

No Points: 1.00 Time to Complete:

0 Difficulty:

0.00 System ID:

28256 User-Defined ID:

2012 NRC EXAM RO Q23 Cross Reference Number:

T.OA38-09 Topic: 2012 NRC Exam RO Question 23 Num Field 1:

RO 2.5 Num Field 2:

SRO 2.5 Text Field:

APE 051 AA1.04 Comments: New Question Hi Cog RO Level APE: 051 Loss of Condenser Vacuum AA1. Ability to operate and / or monitor the following as they apply to the Loss of Condenser Vacuum:

(CFR 41.7 / 45.5 / 45.6)

AA1.04 Rod position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.5* 2.5*

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 47 of 197 20 January 2012 24 ID: CERT 2010 RO 24 Points: 1.00 Given the following plant conditions:

Unit 1 operators have implemented 1BOA SEC

-8, STEAM GENERATOR TUBE LEAK.

1CV121 has been fully opened at Step 1.a, "Maintain Pzr Level" and the crew is currently performing Step 1.b, "Check Pzr level

- "STABLE OR RISING." Pzr level is LOWERING at 1% per 10 minutes.

For these conditions, and in accordance with 1BOA SEC

-8, the operators will ensure letdown flow is- A. 20 GPM via Excess Letdown to offset RCP seal injection flow.

B. 45 GPM to continue cleanup of the RCS and stabilize PZR level.

C. 75 GPM to continue cleanup of the RCS and stabilize PZR level.

D. 120 GPM to continue cleanup of the RCS ONLY.

Answer: C Answer Explanation:

Meets KA. Requires examinee to compare letdown flows from "normal" to what is required during a SG Tube Leak procedure implementation. Letdown flows will affect VCT levels and hence make

-up to the VCT and make

-up to the RCS.

1BOA Sec-8, Step 1 b. RNO establishes 75 GPM letdown. This is to allow cleanup of the RCS while reducing RCS loss enough for charging flow to makeup for a small tube leak.

120 GPM is normal letdown rate.

Excess letdown is considered a plausible distracter based on having a reduced capacity (flowrate).

The above distractors are therefore all plausible.

Ref: 1BOA Sec

-8, Step 1 b. RNO

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 48 of 197 20 January 2012 Question 24 Info Question Type:

Multiple Choice Status: Active Always select on test?

No Authorized for practice?

No Points: 1.00 Time to Complete:

3 Difficulty:

2.00 System ID:

28067 User-Defined ID:

CERT 2010 RO 24 Cross Reference Number:

T.OA43-05 Topic: Letdown flowrate during BOA Sec

-8 Num Field 1:

3.1 Num Field 2:

3.3 Text Field:

037AK3.03 Comments: Bank question, Low Cog, RO Level References 1BOA Sec

-8, Rev 105 037 Steam Generator (S/G) Tube Leak AK3. Knowledge of the reasons for the following responses as they apply to the Steam Generator Tube Leak:

(CFR 41.5,41.10 / 45.6 / 45.13)

AK3.03 Comparison of makeup flow and letdown flow for various modes of operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 3.3

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 49 of 197 20 January 2012 25 ID: 2012 NRC EXAM RO Q25 Points: 1.00 Given: Unit 2 is at 100% power with all systems aligned for normal operation.

Unit Auxiliary Transformer (UAT) 241

-1 just tripped on the associated Sudden Pressure Relay. All systems have responded as designed.

What is the status of the Unit 2 reactor, and the Fire Protection System?

Unit 2 Reactor Fire Protection A. On line actuated B. On line NOT actuated C. Tripped actuated D. Tripped NOT actuated Answer: C Answer Explanation:

Meets K/A. Requires knowledge of Fire Protection/Fire Fighting and system setpoints, response and affect on the plant.

The Sudden Pressure actuation results in a unit transformer trip, which in turn trips the Main Generator, Turbine and Reactor (since >P

-8). Sudden pressure is one of 2 transformer trips that also actuates a Fire Protection deluge on the transformer. This question is designed to test the examinee's knowledge of Fire Protection and the actuation affects on the plant. All distracters are plausible based on the misunderstanding of system interrelationships.

Ref: BAR 2 B5 and BAR 2 E2 EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 50 of 197 20 January 2012 Question 25 Info Question Type:

Multiple Choice Status: Active Always select on test?

No Authorized for practice?

No Points: 1.00 Time to Complete:

0 Difficulty:

0.00 System ID:

28277 User-Defined ID:

2012 NRC EXAM RO Q25 Cross Reference Number:

S.FP1-04-A Topic: 2012 NRC Exam RO Question #25 Num Field 1:

RO 3.1 Num Field 2:

SRO 3.9 Text Field:

067AK1.02 Comments: New Question RO Level Low Cog

067: Plant fire on site AK1. Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to Plant Fire on Site:

(CFR 41.8 / 41.10 / 45.3)

AK1.02 Fire fighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 3.9

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 51 of 197 20 January 2012 26 ID: 2012 NRC EXAM RO Q26 Points: 1.00 5 minutes ago a fire broke out in the Upper Cable Spreading Room.

Both units were manually tripped from 100% power.

BOA PRI-5, CONTROL ROOM INACCESSIBILITY, has been entered on both Units.

An immediate control room evacuation was NOT required.

The Unit-1 NSO and Unit Supervisor are at the Remote Shutdown Panel performing Attachment A, TRANSFER OF EQUIPMENT TO LOCAL CONTROL.

You are the Unit 1 Assist NSO and are currently in the Control Room observing the transfer of control. What indications and controls will you have available to you in the Main Control Room for the running CV pump when the Unit NSO places the Remote/Local control switches in LOCAL at 1PL04/05J panels?

A. NO pump indicating lights BUT pump control will be available.

B. Pump indicating lights BUT NO pump control; Annunciator 1 E3, CHG PUMP/VLV LOCAL CONT is LIT.

C. Pump indicating lights AND pump control are available; Annunciator 1 E3, CHG PUMP/VLV LOCAL CONT is LIT.

D. NO pump indicating lights AND NO pump control; Annunciator 1 E3, CHG PUMP/VLV LOCAL CONT is LIT.

Answer: D Answer Explanation:

Meets K/A. Requires examinee knowledge related to what control room indications and controls are lost when control is transferred to the RSP. In addition, must know what annunciators alarm when control is transferred.

When control is transferred to the RSP, no indication of pump operation is available in the control room (1PM05J), except for ammeter indication. No pump indicating lights will be available. This function is controlled by the Local/ Remote switch at the Remote SD panel (1PL04J). Control capability is also lost (refer to BAR 1 E3). An annunciator will sound, informing the operator that control is lost.

All distractors are plausible based on misconceptions of loss of either indication or control.

Ref: BAR 1 E3 and 6E-1-4030 CV01 EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 52 of 197 20 January 2012 Question 26 Info Question Type:

Multiple Choice Status: Active Always select on test?

No Authorized for practice?

No Points: 1.00 Time to Complete:

0 Difficulty:

0.00 System ID:

28282 User-Defined ID:

2012 NRC EXAM RO Q26 Cross Reference Number:

3D.OA-27-B Topic: 2012 NRC Exam RO Question #26 Num Field 1:

RO 4.2 Num Field 2:

SRO 4.4 Text Field:

068G2.2.44 Comments: New Question Low Cog 068 Control Room Evacuation 2.2.44 Ability to interpret control room indications to verify the status and operation of l a system, and understand how operator actions and directives affect plant and l system conditions.

l (CFR: 41.5 / 43.5 / 45.12)

IMPORTANCE RO 4.2 SRO 4.4

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 53 of 197 20 January 2012 27 ID: BYLI-EP0-107 Points: 1.00 In order to enter 1BEP ES

-0.0, REDIAGNOSIS, which of the following conditions is/are REQUIRED to be met?

A. Reactor Trip has occurred but NO Safety Injection has been actuated.

B. Reactor Trip has occurred AND Shift Manager permission is received.

C. The last step of 1BEP

-0, REACTOR TRIP OR SAFETY INJECTION, has been reached with NO procedure transition identified.

D. 1BEP-0, REACTOR TRIP OR SAFETY INJECTION, has been implemented AND the crew has transitioned to another Emergency Procedure.

Answer: D Answer Explanation:

This meets the K/A because the candidate must determine the required condition of the plant in order to use the rediagnosis procedure which is an operational implication. According to procedure entry conditions statement 1BEP

-0 must have been implemented and exited to use 1BEP ES

-0.0. Distractors are plausible because they all describe possible plant conditions that could

readily enter into a decision to use BEP ES

-0.0, or because SM permission is a likely prerequisite before this unusual procedure is used after normal diagnostic steps have been inadequate.

ref: 1BEP ES

-0.0 EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 54 of 197 20 January 2012 Question 27 Info Question Type:

Multiple Choice Status: Active Always select on test?

No Authorized for practice?

No Points: 1.00 Time to Complete:

3 Difficulty:

3.00 System ID:

28157 User-Defined ID:

BYLI-EP0-107 Cross Reference Number:

T.EP01-06-B Topic: Rediagnosis entry Num Field 1:

3.4 Num Field 2:

4.0 Text Field:

WE01EK1.2 Comments: Bank Question, Low Cog, RO Level E01 Rediagnosis EK1. Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to the (Reactor Trip or Safety Injection/Rediagnosis)

(CFR: 41.8 / 41.10 / 45.3)

EK1.2 Normal, abnormal and emergency operating procedures associated with (Reactor Trip or Safety Injection / Rediagnosis).

IMPORTANCE RO 3.4 SRO 4.0

Reference:

1BEP ES

-0.0, Rediagnosis

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 55 of 197 20 January 2012 28 ID: 2012 NRC EXAM RO Q28 Points: 1.00 If an INADVERTANT Phase B Isolation occurs, how are the Reactor Coolant Pumps affected?

A. Motor bearing cooling flow is ISOLATED.

B. Thermal barrier CC flow is RAISED.

C. Seal water injection flow is LOWERED.

D. Seal water return flow is ISOLATED.

Answer: A Answer Explanation:

Meets K/A. Requires examinee to have knowledge of cooling flow isolation to RCP motor bearings from a Phase B containment isolation signal.

All distractors are plausible because they are interconnected with the RCP.

Seal water return flow is isolated on a Phase A signal not Phase B.

Seal Injection flow is affected by SI initiation but not by a Phase B.

Thermal barrier flow is isolated on a Phase B so flow would lower rather than raise.

Ref: BOP RC

-1 E.5 (pg 8) and BE P-0 Operator Action Summary Question 28 Info Question Type:

Multiple Choice Status: Active Always select on test?

No Authorized for practice?

No Points: 1.00 Time to Complete:

0 Difficulty:

0.00 System ID:

28337 User-Defined ID:

2012 NRC EXAM RO Q28 Cross Reference Number:

S.RC2-09-E Topic: 2012 NRC Exam RO Question 28 Num Field 1:

RO 2.7 Num Field 2:

SRO 3.0 Text Field:

003K1.08 Comments: New Question, Low Cog, RO Level

003 Reactor Coolant Pump System (RCPS)

K1 Knowledge of the physical connections and/or cause

-effect relationships between the RCPS and the following systems:

(CFR: 41.2 to 41.9 / 45.7 to 45.8)

K1.08 Containment isolation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.7* 3.0*

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 56 of 197 20 January 2012 29 ID: 2012 NRC EXAM RO Q29 Points: 1.00 Given: Unit 2 is in Mode 1 at 100%.

PZR level is stable and at design level for this power.

Letdown line flow = 75 gpm.

2CV8149C, 75 GPM LTDWN ORIF 2C ISOL VLV, is OPEN.

Charging header pressure is 2300 psig.

Due to an electrical malfunction, 2CV8149B, 75 GPM LTDWN ORIF 2B ISOL VLV, fails OPEN.

Which ONE (1) of the following statements describes the affects on the CVCS design considerations resulting from this malfunction 10 minutes AFTER THE FAILURE?

This lineup results in exceeding.....

A. the design flowrate of the Mixed Bed Demineralizer resulting in channeling. Demineralizer Decontamination Factor (DF) will LOWER.

B. the make-up capacity of a single charging pump. Pressurizer level LOWERS to the Letdown isolation setpoint.

C. the pressure control capability of 2CV131, LTDWN LINE PRESS CONT VLV. Letdown line pressure will RISE causing continuous lifting of the letdown relief valve. D. the capacity of LTDWN HX OUT TEMP CONTROL, 2CC130A. Letdown temperature will RISE, causing CV pump suction temperature to be exceeded.

Answer: A Answer Explanation:

Meets K/A. Requires examinee knowledge of CVCS design parameters and normal system operation.

Letdown line pressure will momentarily be affected by increased flow, however the increase in flow is well within the capability of 2CV131 to control pressure.

Letdown line temperature will momentarily be affected by increased flow, however the increase in flow is well within the capability of 2CV130A to control temperature.

Pressurizer level will momentarily drop but 1CV121 will open to maintain level. Increased flow is within the capability of a single charging pump at this pressure, an alarm will sound, however.

Demin flow exceeding 120 gpm is a design setpoint at which above, channeling may occur in the demin. This will cause demineralizer efficiency to lower which will lower the Decontamination Factor.

Ref: BAR 1 A5, BOP CV

-9 E.1 and CVCS L

-P page 8 d.1.e) on max flow. Requires the examinee to know that channeling will cause DF to lower.

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 57 of 197 20 January 2012 Question 29 Info Question Type:

Multiple Choice Status: Active Always select on test?

No Authorized for practice?

No Points: 1.00 Time to Complete:

0 Difficulty:

0.00 System ID:

28287 User-Defined ID:

2012 NRC EXAM RO Q29 Cross Reference Number:

S.CV1-10-A Topic: 2012 NRC Exam RO Question 29 Num Field 1:

RO 2.6 Num Field 2:

SRO 2.9 Text Field:

004K6.22 Comments: New question, Lo Cog, RO Level 004 Chemical and Volume Control System (CVCS)

K6 Knowledge of the effect of a loss or malfunction on the following CVCS components: (CFR: 41.7 / 45.7)

K6.22 Design minimum and maximum flow rates for letdown system. . . . . . . . . . . 2.6 2.9

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 58 of 197 20 January 2012 30 ID: 2012 NRC EXAM RO Q30 Points: 1.00 Given the following sequence of events:

Unit 1 was at 100% power, normal alignment.

The Unit experiences a LOCA with an AUTO Safety Injection.

1A RH pump tripped and will NOT re

-start. All other equipment functioned as designed.

The crew has just completed ALL steps of 1BEP ES

-1.3 TRANSFER TO COLD LEG RECIRCULATION ALIGNMENT.

How many CV pumps will be running and what is/are the CV pump(s) suction source?

Number of CV pp(s) running Suction source A. 1 directly from the recirc sump B. 1 1B RH pump discharge C. 2 1B RH pump discharge D. 2 directly from the recirc sump Answer: C Answer Explanation:

Question meets K/A

- requires examinee knowledge of how 1A RH pump malfunction will effect ECCS system (CV pps).

Per 1BEP ES 1.3, if 1A RH pp not running, step for opening 1CV8804A is skipped. Therefore CV pp suction is supplied by crosstie to SI pumps only. The 1SI8924 is normally open and 1SI8804B along with 1SI8807A/B would be opened by the procedure. Both CV pumps remain running.

Choice D is incorrect, both CV pumps will be running. Suction from the recirc sump is incorrect.

Choice A is incorrect, the pumps will be taking a suction from the B RH pp.

Choice B is incorrect, 1 RH pump can supply both RH pumps Choice C is correct, see explanation above

Ref: 1B EP ES-1.3 step 5 (pg 9)

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 59 of 197 20 January 2012 Question 30 Info Question Type:

Multiple Choice Status: Active Always select on test?

No Authorized for practice?

No Points: 1.00 Time to Complete:

0 Difficulty:

0.00 System ID:

28270 User-Defined ID:

2012 NRC EXAM RO Q30 Cross Reference Number:

3D.EP-14-B Topic: 2012 NRC Exam RO Question 30 Num Field 1:

RO 3.7 Num Field 2:

SRO 3.8 Text Field:

005K3.05 Comments: New Question High Cog RO Level 005 Residual Heat Removal System (RHRS)

K3 Knowledge of the effect that a loss or malfunction of the RHRS will have on the following:

(CFR: 41.7 / 45.6)

K3.05 ECCS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.7* 3.8*

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 60 of 197 20 January 2012 31 ID: 2012 NRC EXAM RO Q31 Points: 1.00 Given: Unit 1 was at 100% power, all systems normally aligned.

A Large Break LOCA occurred, followed by an immediate Loss of Off

-Site Power.

TWO (2) SI Accumulators failed to inject.

The effect of the failure of the SI Accumulators to inject is-A. less nitrogen gas available to block natural circulation.

B. Containment Recirculation Sump pH will be lower than required.

C. Containment Recirculation Sump inventory will be insufficient for long

-term core cooling. D. insufficient water will be available during the blow down and refill phases of the LOCA.

Answer: D Answer Explanation:

Question meets KA

- question requires examinee knowledge of the effect of a loss SI accumulators will have on the ECCS.

D is correct, T.S. 3.5.1 Bases states the function of ECCS accumulators are to supply water to the reactor vessel during the blowdown phase of a LOCA and to provide inventory to assist in the refill phase.

B is incorrect, containment recirc sump pH would be slightly higher than normal due to less boric acid in sump.

C is incorrect, accumulators do not contribute enough water to containment recirc sump to affect long term core cooling A is incorrect, natural circulation is not possible for a LBLOCA, reflux boiling is.

Ref. ECCS L

-P Pg. 29 of 78 refers to T.S. and Bases and Mitigating Core damage L

-P EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 61 of 197 20 January 2012 Question 31 Info Question Type:

Multiple Choice Status: Active Always select on test?

No Authorized for practice?

No Points: 1.00 Time to Complete:

0 Difficulty:

0.00 System ID:

28267 User-Defined ID:

2012 NRC EXAM RO Q31 Cross Reference Number:

S.EC1-02 Topic: 2012 NRC Exam RO Question 31 Num Field 1:

RO 3.4 Num Field 2:

SRO 3.9 Text Field:

006K6.02 Comments: From 2009 Braidwood Cert. Exam Low Cog RO Level 006 Emergency Core Cooling System (ECCS)

K6 Knowledge of the effect of a loss or malfunction on the following will have on the ECCS:

(CFR: 41.7 / 45.7)

K6.02 Core flood tanks (accumulators) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.4 3.9

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 62 of 197 20 January 2012 32 ID: 2012 NRC EXAM RO Q32 Points: 1.00 Unit 1 is in MODE 1 with the following initial conditions in the PRT:

- PRT level = 71%

- PRT pressure = 4.5 psig

- PRT temperature = 85°F

A Pressurizer PORV inadvertently OPENED and has since been CLOSED.

Conditions in the PRT are now:

- PRT level = 77% and STABLE

- PRT pressure = 7.2 psig and STABLE

- PRT temperature = 102°F and STABLE Based on these conditions, what is the NEXT required action?

A. Drain the PRT to reduce pressure.

B. Reduce temperature in the PRT.

C. Vent the PRT to reduce pressure.

D. Inert the PRT to limit the H2 concentration.

Answer: A Answer Explanation:

Meets K/A. Utilizes procedural actions to mitigate overpressurization of the PRT and subsequent overpressurization of the waste gas vent header. Futhermore it requires the examinee to predict which parameter is off

-normal from pressure/temperature or level

. At 6 psig, RY469 auto closes to GW from the PRT. The BAR says probable cause is (1) Valve leakoff or relief valve flow, (2) PORV or Safety Valve lifted, (3) Filling PRT, and (4) N2 Regulator failure. The PRT will be drained first, which will lower PRT pressure, before the vent valve can be re

-opened. Requires examinee to understand that the PRT is auto isolated from the waste gas header on an overpressure event. Also requires knowledge of normal/abnormal conditions to assess what actions need to be taken.

Opening 1RY469 only will not occur until PRT pressure is reduced to less than 6 psig. The BAR stipulates to ensure the N2 supply to the PRT is isolated along with the PW supply.

1RY8033 is an AOV but it has a pressure regulating valve downstream (1RY8034 set at 3 psig) so under the pressure as stated in the stem this action would have no effect.

Reducing temperature is plausible but the Hi Temp. alarm has not annunciated as the setpoint is 115 degrees.

Ref: BAR 1 B7 EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 63 of 197 20 January 2012 Question 32 Info Question Type:

Multiple Choice Status: Active Always select on test?

No Authorized for practice?

No Points: 1.00 Time to Complete:

0 Difficulty:

0.00 System ID:

28288 User-Defined ID:

2012 NRC EXAM RO Q32 Cross Reference Number:

S.RY1-13 Topic: 2012 NRC Exam RO question #32 Num Field 1:

RO 2.5 Num Field 2:

SRO 2.9 Text Field:

007A2.04 Comments: New Q High Cog 007 Pressurizer Relief Tank/Quench Tank System (PRTS)

Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following malfunctions or operations on the P S; and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those malfunctions or operations:

(CFR: 41.5 / 43.5 / 45.3 / 45.13)

A2.04 Overpressurization of the waste gas vent header . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.5 2.9

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 64 of 197 20 January 2012 33 ID: 2012 NRC EXAM RO Q33 Points: 1.00 Given: Unit 1 was just shutdown for a refueling outage after 500 days of continuous operation.

CC and SX is aligned to provide maximum cooling.

At 0650 RH is placed in shutdown cooling At 0700 CC Hx outlet temperature reaches 100 degrees F and is RISING at 1 degree F per minute.

Assume the rate of temperature change is constant.

When will the CC HX outlet temperature REACH the extended temperature limit?

A. 0705 B. 0720 C. 1005 D. 1020 Answer: B Answer Explanation:

Meets K/A. Requires knowledge of CC system design temperature.

Per a statement in BOP CC

-1 and T.S. Bases of 3.7.7 (pg.3), the normal design temperature of CC is 105 degrees. Temperature may be allowed to go to 120 degrees not to exceed a 3 hour3.472222e-5 days <br />8.333333e-4 hours <br />4.960317e-6 weeks <br />1.1415e-6 months <br /> time frame.

The correct answer is correct based on 20 minutes time to reach 120 degrees.

0705 is plausible as at 0705 we will reach the normal design limit of 105 degrees.

1005 is plausible based on the 3 hour3.472222e-5 days <br />8.333333e-4 hours <br />4.960317e-6 weeks <br />1.1415e-6 months <br /> time limit after reaching 105 degrees but you would be greater than 120 degrees which is not permissible.

1020 is plausible based on the same logic used above accept that this includes the time necessary to reach 120 degrees.

Ref. BOP CC

-1 D. Precautions, 4.

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 65 of 197 20 January 2012 Question 33 Info Question Type:

Multiple Choice Status: Active Always select on test?

No Authorized for practice?

No Points: 1.00 Time to Complete:

0 Difficulty:

0.00 System ID:

28289 User-Defined ID:

2012 NRC EXAM RO Q33 Cross Reference Number:

3C.RH-04-A Topic: 2012 NRC Exam RO question #33 Num Field 1:

RO 2.9 Num Field 2:

SRO 3.1 Text Field:

008A1.02 Comments: New Question, Lo cog 008 Component Cooling Water System (CCWS)

Ability to predict and/or monitor changes in parameters (to prevent exceeding design limits) associated with operating the CCWS controls including

(CFR: 41.5 / 45.5)

A1.02 CCW temperature . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.9 3.1

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 66 of 197 20 January 2012 34 ID: BYLCATH3001 Points: 1.00 Given the following plant conditions on Unit 1:

A manual reactor trip and SI have been ACTUATED.

A PZR safety valve has been stuck slightly OPEN for ten minutes.

RCS pressure is 1910 psig and slowly DROPPING.

PZR vapor space temperature is 630 °F and STABLE.

PRT level is 80% and slowly RISING.

PRT pressure is 35 psig and slowly RISING.

The open PZR safety valve tailpipe temperature is 390 °F and STABLE.

The NSO believes there is a problem with the safety valve tailpipe temperature since it is NOT reading as expected for the current plant conditions.

Currently, the safety valve tailpipe temperature indication should be reading ...

A. 257 °F. B. 281 °F. C. 390 °F. D. 630 °F. Answer: B Answer Explanation:

Meets K/A. Requires examinee to utilize the Steam Tables for an isenthalpic process involving leakage past a PZR Safety valve.

281 °F is the correct answer for 35 psig or 50 psia 257 °F. is incorrect. That is the temperature for 35 psia.

630 °F is incorrect but considered plausible because that is the temperature of the fluid as it started the throttling process.

390 °F is incorrect but considered plausible because it is included in the question stem Ref: Steam Tables

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 67 of 197 20 January 2012 Question 34 Info Question Type:

Multiple Choice Status: Active Always select on test?

No Authorized for practice?

No Points: 1.00 Time to Complete:

4 Difficulty:

0.00 System ID:

26488 User-Defined ID:

BYLCATH3001 Cross Reference Number:

A.TH3-09 Topic: Stuck Open Safety Tailpipe Temp Num Field 1:

2.6 Num Field 2:

3.0 Text Field:

010000K5.02 Comments: Created from BWLCATH3001 Ref: Steam Tables Last reviewed: 08/11 PRA Item: N OPEX: TMI Bank Question, High Cog.

010 Pressurizer Pressure Control System K5 Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as the apply to the PZR PCS:

(CFR: 41.5 / 45.7)

K5.02 Constant enthalpy expansion through a valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.6 3.0*

Question 34 Table

-Item Links LORT Question References K A #1 - 010000K501RO

- 3.5 SRO - 4.0 EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 68 of 197 20 January 2012 35 ID: 2012 NRC EXAM RO Q35 Points: 1.00 Given: The unit is at full power in a normal full power line

-up 1PT-457 has failed LOW.

Control Room actions associated with the failed channel have been taken.

Instead of the bistables for 1PT

-457, ASSUME the following bistables for A Loop NR RTD are locally tripped IN THE ORDER LISTED.

OPDT Trip OPDT Runback OTDT Trip OTDT Runback Which of the selections below identify the bistable and procedure necessary to address the control or protection action?

At the time of The procedure to tripping bistable enter is: A. OPDT Trip 1BEP-0, REACTOR TRIP OR SAFETY INJECTION B. OTDT Trip 1BEP-0, REACTOR TRIP OR SAFETY INJECTION C. OPDT Runback BOP CV-6, OPERATION OF THE REACTOR MAKEUP SYSTEM IN THE BORATE MODE D. OTDT Runback BOP CV-6, OPERATION OF THE REACTOR MAKEUP SYSTEM IN THE BORATE MODE

Answer: B Answer Explanation:

Meets KA. Requires examinee to predict the impact of improper tripping of bistables associated with the RPS and to select the procedure that will mitigate the consequences of that action. Also requires examinee to know what bistables trip without operator action due to 1PT457 failing low. They are: OTDT(TD 431C),OTDT/C

-3 (TD431D) PZR Lo Press( PB457C), PZR Lo Press SI(PB457D), and PZR Press below P

-11(PB457B)

The correct answer is correct because a 2 out of 4 coincidence will be made up on OTDT requiring entry into the reactor trip response procedure.

All distracters are plausible if the examinee mistakenly feels OPDT will be affected or the runback circuits will be made up.

Runback will cause rods to drive in, if Lo

-1 or Lo-2 RIL is reached, boration will be procedurally directed.

Ref: BOA Inst. 2 Attachment A for failed NR RTD Attachment B for failed PZR Press. channel

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 69 of 197 20 January 2012 Question 35 Info Question Type:

Multiple Choice Status: Active Always select on test?

No Authorized for practice?

No Points: 1.00 Time to Complete:

0 Difficulty:

0.00 System ID:

28361 User-Defined ID:

2012 NRC EXAM RO Q35 Cross Reference Number:

T.OA11-25 Topic: 2012 NRC Exam RO Question 35 Num Field 1:

Num Field 2:

Text Field:

Comments: New Question, High Cog, RO level 012 Reactor Protection System A2 Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following malfunctions or operations on the RPS; and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those malfunctions or operations:

(CFR: 41.5 / 43.5 / 45.3

/ 45.5) A2.03 Incorrect channel bypassing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.4 3.7

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 70 of 197 20 January 2012 36 ID: 2012 NRC EXAM RO Q36 Points: 1.00 What is the (1) reason that 1 CV pump and BOTH SI pumps are taken out of service during a plant cooldown to refueling conditions AND (2) when must that requirement be met?

(1) (2) Reason When A. These components are no longer neede d between 330 and 350 degrees to mitigate accident conditions.

B. These components are no longer needed prior to MODE 4 entry to mitigate accident conditions.

C. Ensures the mass addition can be relieved prior to MODE 4 entry by a single PORV or RH Suction Relief valve.

D. Ensures the mass addition can be relieved between 330 and 350 degrees by a single PORV or RH Suction Relief valve Answer: D Answer Explanation:

Meets K/A. Requires examinee to know the reason for opening the breaker on the High Head injection pumps prior to lowering temperature below 330. The design feature portion of the KA is addressed by the capability of the system to remove the postulated mass addition that may be caused. The reason is stated in the L

-P and has an RO objective to support it and in the bases section of Tech Spec. All other distractors are plausible depending on examinees knowledge. Prior to MODE 4 entry is incorrect however plausible because prior to mode 4 entry means mode 3. 2 ECCS subsystems are required by TS in MODE 3. Components no longer needed to mitigate accident conditions is considered plausible.

Ref: BGP 100

-5 step 38 BGP 100-5 L-P pg 9 EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 71 of 197 20 January 2012 Question 36 Info Question Type:

Multiple Choice Status: Active Always select on test?

No Authorized for practice?

No Points: 1.00 Time to Complete:

0 Difficulty:

0.00 System ID:

28291 User-Defined ID:

2012 NRC EXAM RO Q36 Cross Reference Number:

3C.GP-05-B Topic: 2012 NRC Exam RO Question 36 Num Field 1:

RO 3.0 Num Field 2:

SR0 3.4 Text Field:

013K4.19 Comments: New Question Low Cog.

013 Engineered Safety Features Actuation System (ESFAS)

K4 Knowledge of ESFAS design feature(s) and/or interlock( s) which provide for the following

(CFR: 41.7)

K4.19 Reason for opening breaker on high

-head injection pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.0* 3.4*

Ref.: T/S 3.4.12 as bases

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 72 of 197 20 January 2012 37 ID: 2012 NRC EXAM RO Q37 Points: 1.00 What does the box symbol around a procedure step number of an E

-series procedure represent?

It represents a/an...

A. Immediate Action step.

B. Continuous Action Summary step.

C. Operator Action Summary step.

D. Sequencing step where all sub

-steps must be completed.

Answer: A Answer Explanation:

Meets KA. Requires examinee knowledge of EOP symbols used during the implementation of procedures which are used to mitigate the conditions associated with ESFAS actuations.

The correct answer is correct based on BAP 1310

-10 pg 15..

A continuous action summary step, operator action summary step or a sequencing ste p are all included in the same procedure making these distractors plausible.

Ref: BAP 1310

-10 pg 15 EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 73 of 197 20 January 2012 Question 37 Info Question Type:

Multiple Choice Status: Active Always select on test?

No Authorized for practice?

No Points: 1.00 Time to Complete:

0 Difficulty:

0.00 System ID:

28356 User-Defined ID:

2012 NRC EXAM RO Q37 Cross Reference Number:

T.AM04-02 Topic: 2012 NRC Exam RO Question 37 Num Field 1:

RO 3.4 Num Field 2:

SRO 4.1 Text Field:

013gen. 2.4.19 Comments: New Question, Low Cog, RO level 013 Engineered Safety Features Actuation System (ESFAS) 2.4.19 Knowledge of EOP layout, symbols, and icons.

l (CFR: 41.10 / 45.13)

IMPORTANCE RO 3.4 SRO 4.1

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 74 of 197 20 January 2012 38 ID: 2012 NRC EXAM RO Q38 Points: 1.00 Given: Unit 1 is operating at full power in a normal full power alignment.

1A Containment Chiller is running.

A fault occurs on SAT 142

-1. NO operator actions are taken in response to the fault.

For the conditions above where would the Unit 1A Containment Chiller be powered from after the fault? A. 1A DG B. UAT 141-1: 4KV winding C. UAT 141-2 : 4KV winding D. UAT 141-1 : 4KV winding to Unit Sub

-station 133Y Answer: B Answer Explanation:

Meets K/A. Requires examinee to know power supply of the containment chillers and in addition how those power supplies are affected by a System Aux. Transformer fault.

The 1A Containment Chiller is powered from bus 143 which is powered from the Unit Aux. Transformer (141

-1) when the unit is above approximately 10% power.

The distractors are all plausible based on: They are all fed from 4KV buses. 1 is ESF, 1 is a Non-ESF bus and the incorrect division (141

-2) and 1 is the correct division but the incorrect voltage level (U.S.S. 133Y)

Ref: BGP 100

-3 step 43 (pg. 51) which is performed after reaching 160MWe Horse Note AC

-3 EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 75 of 197 20 January 2012 Question 38 Info Question Type:

Multiple Choice Status: Active Always select on test?

No Authorized for practice?

No Points: 1.00 Time to Complete:

0 Difficulty:

0.00 System ID:

28293 User-Defined ID:

2012 NRC EXAM RO Q38 Cross Reference Number:

S.VP1-13 Topic: 2012 NRC Exam RO Question 38 Num Field 1:

RO 2.5 Num Field 2:

SRO 2.4 Text Field:

022K2.02 Comments: New Question, High Cog.

022 Containment Cooling System (CCS)

K2 Knowledge of power supplies to the following:

(CFR: 41.7)

K2.02 Chillers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.5* 2.4*

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 76 of 197 20 January 2012 39 ID: 2012 NRC EXAM RO Q39 Points: 1.00 Given: Unit 1 was at full power in a normal full power line

-up A Large Break LOCA has occurred.

NO manual Control Switch operations have been taken by the crew.

All Safety Systems responded as designed EXCEPT:

The status light at location 12

-2 is DARK (depicted below).

From the below list, which selection is the reason the indicator did NOT light?

A. C RCFC running in HIGH speed.

B. 1C RCFC Vibration alarm has annunciated.

C. 1SX027A, 1A and 1C SX OUTLET VLV, is OPEN.

D. 1WO006A, 1A and 1C CHILL WTR INLET CNMT ISOL VLV is OPEN

Answer: A Answer Explanation:

Meets K/A. Requires examinee to have knowledge of Control Board Indications of the Containment Cooling System.

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 77 of 197 20 January 2012

To obtain the light indication requires:

RCFC running in slow speed (specific to the individual RCFC)

Common to 1A and 1C RCFCs are:

SX aligned to the RCFC (1SX016A and 1SX027A) open SX bypass open around the 1A Containment Chiller (1SX147A)

SX Isolated to the 1A Containment Chiller (1SX112A and 114A) closed

All other distractor are plausible because the are tied into the Containment Cooling function. The High Vibration brings in an alarm only, no auto trip function Ref: 6E-1-4030AN057 BAR 1-3-C5 Question 39 Info Question Type:

Multiple Choice Status: Active Always select on test?

No Authorized for practice?

No Points: 1.00 Time to Complete:

0 Difficulty:

0.00 System ID:

28294 User-Defined ID:

2012 NRC EXAM RO Q39 Cross Reference Number:

S.VP1-06 Topic: 2012 NRC Exam RO Question 39 Num Field 1:

RO 4.2 Num Field 2:

SRO 4.1 Text Field:

022G2.4.31 Comments: New Question, High Cog, RO level 022 Containment Cooling System (CCS) 2.4.31 Knowledge of annunciator alarms, indications, or response procedures. l (CFR: 41.10 / 45.3) l IMPORTANCE RO 4.2 SRO 4.1

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 78 of 197 20 January 2012 40 ID: 2012 NRC EXAM RO Q40 Points: 1.00 Given: The unit was at rated power.

A Large Break LOCA has occurred.

All systems responded as designed.

Containment pressure peaked at 23 psig.

Containment pressure is currently at 4 psig.

ECCS pumps were swapped over to recirculation mode at 46.7% level in the RWST.

There are currently 180,000 gallons in the RWST.

How long can you operate in this configuration before you are procedurally directed to swap CS pump suctions to the Containment Recirc. Sumps?

The procedurally directed swap will be required in____ minutes.

A. less than 12 B. 13 - 24 C. 25 - 36 D. greater than 36 Answer: B Answer Explanation:

Meets KA. Requires examinee to have knowledge of the interface between ECCS and Containment Spray and how long the RWST can be used as a suction source for the CS pumps. Current RWST available is 180,000 gallons. Procedural swap for CS pumps occurs at 12%. 458,000 gallons X .12= 54,960 gallons.

Pump delivery is rated at 3,415 (A) and 3,925 (B) for a total of 7340 gpm.

180,000gals

-54,960gals= 125,040 gallon until 12% is reached in RWST. 125,040gal/7340gpm=17.0 minutes

All other distractors are plausible based upon examinees knowledge of pump capacities and procedural requirements. Ref: 1BEP ES

-1.3 for when to swap CS pumps (12%) per step 9 CS pump capacity is given in CS L

-P page 4 RWST level/capacity graph is in BTC 1.34

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 79 of 197 20 January 2012 Question 40 Info Question Type:

Multiple Choice Status: Active Always select on test?

No Authorized for practice?

No Points: 1.00 Time to Complete:

0 Difficulty:

0.00 System ID:

28338 User-Defined ID:

2012 NRC EXAM RO Q40 Cross Reference Number:

S.CS1-11-D Topic: 2012 NRC Exam RO question 40 Num Field 1:

RO 4.2 Num Field 2:

SRO 4.2 Text Field:

026K1.01 Comments: New Question, High Cog, RO Level 026 Containment Spray System (CSS)

K1 Knowledge of the physical connections and/or causeeffect relationships between the CSS and the following systems: (CFR: 41.2 to 41.9 / 45.7 to 45.8) K1.01 ECCS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.2 4.2

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 80 of 197 20 January 2012 41 ID: 2012 NRC EXAM RO Q41 Points: 1.00 Given: Unit 2 was at full power when a Steam Line Break occurred in the containment.

Containment pressure is currently at 28 psig and RISING The automatic start signal for the CS pumps failed to start the pumps.

You are in 2BEP

-0, REACTOR TRIP OR SAFETY INJECTION Attachment C, MANUAL CS ACTUATION attempting to manually start the CS pumps.

Immediately after OPENING which of the following valves, will the CS pump run light be LIT?

A. 2CS001A/B, PP 2A/B RWST SUCT VLV.

B. 2CS007A/B, PP 2A/B HDR ISOL VLV.

C. 2CS010A/B, EDUC 2A/B INLET FLOW CONT VLV.

D. 2CS019A/B, 2A/B SPRAY ADD VLV.

Answer: D Answer Explanation:

Meets KA. Requires examinee to operate and or monitor CS control switches and monitor the effects on the CS system.

The CS pumps start on a HI

-3 cont. pressure when 1CS019A is opened.

All distractors are plausible because they are listed steps in Att. C of EP

-0 Ref: 6E-1-4030CS01 EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 81 of 197 20 January 2012 Question 41 Info Question Type:

Multiple Choice Status: Active Always select on test?

No Authorized for practice?

No Points: 1.00 Time to Complete:

0 Difficulty:

0.00 System ID:

28339 User-Defined ID:

2012 NRC EXAM RO Q41 Cross Reference Number:

S.CS1-07 Topic: 2012 NRC Exam RO Question 41 Num Field 1:

RO 4.5 Num Field 2:

SRO 4.3 Text Field:

026A4.01 Comments: New Question, Low Cog. RO Level 026 Containment Spray System (CSS)

A4 Ability to manually operate and/or monitor in the control room: (CFR: 41.7 / 45.5 to 45.8)

A4.01 CSS controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.5 4.3 ref: 4030CS

-1 EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 82 of 19 7 20 January 2012 42 ID: BWLC3CDU1014 Points: 1.00 Given the following plant conditions on Unit 1:

A reactor startup is in progress.

The reactor is at the POAH with the plant in a normal lineup at the EOL.

The BOP Operator is making preparations to start up the "B" Feedwater pump.

1PT-507, S/G Header Pressure, FAILS to 1200 psig.

In response to the 1PT

-507 failure, the steam dumps will ...

A. open fully, but will close when Tave reaches 550 °F.

B. open fully, but will close when actual steam pressure reaches 1092 psig.

C. remain in their current position due to the steam dump controller being in Tave mode with Reactor Trip Breakers closed and Tave NOT above setpoint.

D. remain in their current position due to the steam dump controller being in the Tave mode with Rx Trip Breakers closed but no Load Rejection signal present.

Answer: A Answer Explanation:

Meets K/A, requires examinee knowledge to control steam header pressure in the steam pressure mode, including protective feature that occurs when Tave limits are reached. Requires examinee to know that during a power ascension steam dumps will be in the steam pressure mode and will not transfer to the Tave mode until approximately 10% power. Normal steam pressure setpoint of 1092psig.

When controller fails to 1200 psig, will cause dumps to open fully until they are closed by Tave dropping to 550 degrees (P12).

All distractors are plausible based on the examinee's misconceptions of when we are in steam pressure or Tave modes of operation or if there is a separate input steam pressure signal other than PT 507.

Ref: Steam Dump L

-P pg. 22 EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 83 of 197 20 January 2012 Question 42 Info Question Type:

Multiple Choice Status: Active Always select on test?

No Authorized for practice?

No Points: 1.00 Time to Complete:

3 Difficulty:

0.00 System ID:

18042 User-Defined ID:

BWLC3CDU1014 Cross Reference Number:

3C.DU-01-A-2 Topic: BWLC3CDU1014 Num Field 1:

RO 2.9 Num Field 2:

SRO 3.1 Text Field:

039000K4.04 Comments: Bank Question, High Cog Ref: 4030 MS09, BGP 100

-3 Last reviewed: 08/11 039 Main and Reheat Steam System (MRSS)

K4 Knowledge of MRSS design feature(s) and/or interlock(s) which provide for the following:

(CFR: 41.7)

K4.04 Utilization of steam pressure program control when steam dumping through atmospheric relief/dump valves, including

T-ave. limits . . 2.9 3.1

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 84 of 197 20 January 2012 43 ID: 2012 NRC EXAM RO Q43 Points: 1.00 Given the following conditions on Unit 1.

The reactor is at 20% power.

Steam Dump Mode Select Switch is in the Tave position.

Rod Control is in Manual.

The Main Turbine has just TRIPPED.

With NO operator action, how many groups of steam dump valves will indicate OPEN (fully and/or partially) on 1PM02J, 1 minute after the event?

A. 1 B. 2 C. 3 D. 4 Answer: B Answer Explanation:

Meets K/A, Requires examinee to monitor steam dump valves from the control board for proper operation.

Total capacity of steam dumps is 40% rated steam flow. Each of 4 groups therefore is capable of 10% steam flow. We would be on the load reject controller since RTB is closed. RCS temp (Tave) at 20% power is 557+ .2 (30) = 563. The load reject controller has a 3 degree deadband (560). Then for each 1 degree above 560 the output of the controller increases by 9.43%. 9.43% per degree times 3 degrees equals 28.29%controller output. Each group is opened at 25% increments, therefore the first group is full open and the second group is opening.

The distractor are plausible for any misconceptions the examinee has with the system or whether or not they believe the unit trips.

Ref: Steam Dump L

-P pg 7-10 and Horsenote MS4

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 85 of 197 20 January 2012 Question 43 Info Question Type:

Multiple Choice Status: Active Always select on test?

No Authorized for practice?

No Points: 1.00 Time to Complete:

0 Difficulty:

0.00 System ID:

28340 User-Defined ID:

2012 NRC EXAM RO Q43 Cross Reference Number:

3C.DU-01-A-1 Topic: 2012 NRC Exam RO Question 43 Num Field 1:

RO 2.8 Num Field 2:

SRO 2.9 Text Field:

039A4.07 Comments: New Question, High Cog, RO level 039 Main and Reheat Steam System (MRSS)

A4 Ability to manually operate and/or monitor in the control room: (CFR: 41.7 / 45.5 to 45.8)

A4.07 Steam dump valves. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.8* 2.9

44 ID: 2012 NRC EXAM Q44 Points: 1.00 Of the following, what is the MAXIMUM power level the 1A Motor Driven Feedwater pump can maintain SG levels using the FWRV bypass valves (1FW510A/520A/530A and 540A), per 1BGP

100-3, POWER ASCENSION, A. 10% B. 20%. C. 30% D. 40%

Answer: B Answer Explanation:

Meets K/A. Requires examinee to have knowledge of reactor power limits associated with 1 feedwater pump operation and FW Bypass valve limitations

Ref: 1BGP-3 step 40 (pg. 48)

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 86 of 197 20 January 2012 Question 44 Info Question Type:

Multiple Choice Status: Active Always select on test?

No Authorized for practice? No Points: 1.00 Time to Complete:

3 Difficulty:

3.00 System ID:

28034 User-Defined ID:

2012 NRC EXAM Q44 Cross Reference Number:

S.CD1-07-A Topic: Power allowed on FWRV bypass valves Num Field 1:

2.7 Num Field 2:

2.9 Text Field:

059A1.03 Comments: Bank Question, Low Cog, RO level 059 Main Feedwater (MFW) System A1 Ability to predict and/or monitor changes in parameters (to prevent exceeding design limits) associated with operating the MFW controls including:

(CFR: 41.5 / 45.5)

A1.03 Power level restrictions for operation of MFW pumps and valves. . . . . . . . 2.7* 2.9*

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 87 of 197 20 January 2012 45 ID: 2012 NRC EXAM Q#45 Points: 1.00 Given: Unit 1 was at 100% power, normal alignment.

The following event occurs:

Annunciator 1 E1, FW PUMP NPSH LOW, alarms due to a secondary plant transient.

NO automatic actions associated with the alarm have occurred (assume the actuation setpoint has been reached).

The US directs the NSO to manually perform the automatic actions associated with the alarm. With the above conditions, the NSO will take action(s) to...

A. TRIP a running FW pump.

B. START the standby CD/CB pump.

C. START the standby HD pump.

D. OPEN 1CB025, LP HTR BYP VLV.

Answer: B Answer Explanation:

The question meets the K/A, requires examinee ability to operate controls identified in the alarm response manual.

A low FW pump NPSH signal can be generated from various secondary transients. BAR 1-16-E1 list the auto actions of the condition. However, the auto actions do not happen until the condition is 2% below the alarm setpoint. Therefore, having the alarm come in without the actions occurring is plausible.

Choice A is incorrect, this is plausible because a similar alarm (1 D1, Low FW PP Suct Hdr Press) has an auto action that trips the 1A FW pump.

Choice C is incorrect, this is plausible because a probable cause of the low NPSH condition in BAR 1 E1 is insufficient HD pps running. However, there is no auto start feature for the HD pps.

Choice D is incorrect, this is plausible because bypassing the LP heater string is one possible method of getting more flow to the FW pp suction. It is also an auto action of a HI-2 level condition in a 11 heater.

Choice B is correct, the first auto action listed in BAR 1 E1 is start of standby CD/CB pump. Ref: BAR 1 E1 EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 88 of 197 20 January 2012 Question 45 Info Question Type:

Multiple Choice Status: Active Always select on test?

No Authorized for practice?

No Points: 1.00 Time to Complete:

0 Difficulty:

0.00 System ID:

28280 User-Defined ID:

2012 NRC EXAM Q#45 Cross Reference Number:

S.CD-01-06-A Topic: 2012 NRC Exam Question #45 Num Field 1:

RO 4.2 Num Field 2:

SRO 4.0 Text Field:

059gen. 2.4.50 Comments: Bank Question from 2011 Brwd NRC Exam Low Cog.

059 Main Feedwater (MFW) System 2.4.50 Ability to verify system alarm setpoints and operate controls identified in the l alarm response manual.

l (CFR: 41.10 / 43.5 / 45.3) l IMPORTANCE RO 4.2 SRO 4.0

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 89 of 197 20 January 2012 46 ID: 2012 NRC EXAM RO Q46 Points: 1.00 Given: Unit 1 is at full power.

A feedwater malfunction has resulted in NR SG water levels reaching 12%.

Concurrently Instrument Bus 111 has been DEENERGIZED.

3 minutes later:

(1) how will 1AF005 A

-D, S/G 1_ FLOW CONT VLV, respond to these conditions?

(2) and in addition to locally, where can these valves be controlled from in accordance with approved plant procedures?

(1) (2) 1AF005A-D position Controlled from A. closed Fire Hazards Panel B. open Remote Shutdown Panel C. open Fire Hazards Panel D. closed Remote Shutdown Panel

Answer: D Answer Explanation:

Meets the K/A.. Requires examinee knowledge of an automatic control malfunction of the Aux. Feed system and knowledge of procedural guidance should that failure occur.

On a loss of Instrument Bus 111 the "A" Train AF005 valves will fail to the closed position because the control flow signal fails to 0. If there is any flow the sensors will see it and drive the valves closed to reach setpoint. The A train AF pp starts due to an AMS signal. Per 1BEP-0 and 1BOA Elect

-2 these valves can have the air failed to them, which will cause them to open and can be manually locally controlled via the associated handwheels. They could be controlled via a pneumatic signal from the remote shutdown panel if the control room were to be evacuated. When local is selected at the Remote Shutdown Panel the 3

-way solenoid that supplies the actuator with air is ported to allow the air signal to be directly controlled from the RSDP (ref: 1

-4030-AF05). There are no controls at the Fire Hazards Panel for these valves but it is considered a plausible distractor because this panel can be used for remote monitoring of plant parameters, similiar to the Remote Shutdown Panel Failing open is also considered a plausible distractor because these valves fail open on loss of air pressure.

Ref: 1BOA ELEC

-2 Loss of Instrument Bus

- Table A step 2.a 1-4030-AF05 EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 90 of 197 20 January 2012 Question 46 Info Question Type:

Multiple Choice Status: Active Always select on test?

No Authorized for practice?

No Points: 1.00 Time to Complete:

0 Difficulty:

0.00 System ID:

28296 User-Defined ID:

2012 NRC EXAM RO Q46 Cross Reference Number:

T.EP01-06-A Topic: 2012 NRC EXAM RO Q46 Num Field 1:

RO 3.1 Num Field 2:

SRO 3.4 Text Field:

061A2.05 Comments: New question, Lo Cog 061 Auxiliary / Emergency Feedwater (AFW) System A2 Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following malfunctions or operations on the AFW; and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those malfunctions or operations:

(CFR: 41.5 / 43.5 / 45.3 / 45.13)

A2.05 Automatic control malfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1* 3.4*

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 91 of 197 20 January 2012 47 ID: 2012 NRC EXAM RO Q47 Points: 1.00 Given the following scenario:

1BFR- H.1, RESPONSE TO LOSS OF SECONDARY HEAT SINK, UNIT 1 is in progress NO Auxiliary Feedwater is available.

The conditions for RCS Feed and Bleed are NOT met.

SG pressures are all between 900 and 1000 psig.

Which 6.9 KV Bus powers the Feedwater AND Condensate components REQUIRED to recover the Secondary Heat Sink?

A. 156 B. 157 C. 158 D. 159 Answer: D Answer Explanation:

Meets K/A. Requires examinee to pick the 6.9 KV bus that powers both a feedwater pump and the condensate pumps required to operate the feed pump.

Bus 159 powers the Startup Feedwater Pump in addition to 2 Condensate/Condensate Booster pumps and therefore would require no further buses to supply feedwater.

Bus 158 powers 2 Condensate/Condensate Booster pumps but NO Feedwater pump.

Bus 157 powers no feedwater or Condensate/Condensate Booster pumps Bus 156 powers the MD FW pp only.

In order to operate a feedwater pump, Condensate/Condensate Booster pump(s) must be available. BFR

-H.1 specifies checking bus 159 available. 1 bus (159) would provide all pumping power required. 1BFR

-H.1 later checks bus 156 available for the MDFW pump, bus this would require an additional bus available for the cond/cond. bstr pps.

Ref:1BFR -H.1 step 9d Horsenote AC

-3 AC one-line diagram

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 92 of 197 20 January 2012 Question 47 Info Question Type:

Multiple Choice Status: Active Always select on test?

No Authorized for practice?

No Points: 1.00 Time to Complete:

0 Difficulty:

0.00 System ID:

28297 User-Defined ID:

2012 NRC EXAM RO Q47 Cross Reference Number:

T.MI03-10 Topic: 2012 NRC Exam RO Question # 47 Num Field 1:

RO 3.5 Num Field 2:

SRO 3.9 Text Field:

062K3.01 Comments: New Question, Lo Cog SYSTEM: 062 AC Electrical Distribution System K3 Knowledge of the effect that a loss or malfunction of the ac distribution system will have on the following:

(CFR: 41.7 / 45.6)

K3.01 Major system loads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.5 3.9

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 93 of 197 20 January 2012 48 ID: BYLC3CAP1016 Points: 1.00 Given: The 1A DG has been manually started per, 1BOSR 8.1.2

-1, UNIT ONE 1A DIESEL GENERATOR OPERABILITY SURVEILLANCE It is supplying bus 141 in PARALLEL with the associated SAT.

How will 1PM01J Division 11 indications respond to an SI signal?

Division 11 indications will show.....

A. ACB 1413 to trip open, Bus 141 will remain energized from the SAT, all required ESF equipment on Bus 141 will sequence on from the Safe Shutdown Sequencer.

B. ACB 1413 to trip open, Bus 141 will remain energized from the SAT, all required ESF equipment on Bus 141 will start immmediately from the SI signal.

C. ACB 1412 to trip open, Bus 141 will be energized from the 1A DG, all required ESF equipment on Bus 141 will sequence on from the Loss of Voltage signal.

D. ACB 1412 to trip open, all loads will strip from Bus 141, and the required ESF equipment will start immediately from the SI signal.

Answer: B Answer Explanation:

Meets K/A. Requires knowledge of Electric Plant response of safety related equipment to a safety signal actuation.

The correct answer is correct based on when an SI signal is received and both the DG and SAT are supplying the ESF Bus, the DG output breaker (1413) will trip. There will be no Loss of Voltage signal as the SAT breaker will remain closed. The Safe Shutdown sequencer will be bypassed and all associated load breakers on the ESF Bus immediately close. The DG will remain running, however it will be unloaded.

The distractors are plausible based on the students misunderstanding of what occurs in this situation.

Ref: DG L-P pg 37 and 47 of 87

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 94 of 197 20 January 2012 Question 48 Info Question Type:

Multiple Choice Status: Active Always select on test?

No Authorized for practice?

No Points: 1.00 Time to Complete:

8 Difficulty:

0.00 System ID:

17715 User-Defined ID:

BYLC3CAP1016 Cross Reference Number:

Topic: BYLC3CAP1016 The 1A DG has been manually started per the mo Num Field 1:

3.5 Num Field 2:

3.6 Text Field:

062000A3.05 Comments: Bank Question, Hi Cog, RO level

SYSTEM: 062 AC Electrical Distribution System A3 Ability to monitor automatic operation of the ac distribution system, including:

(CFR: 41.7 / 45.5)

A3.05 Safety

-related indicators and controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.5 3.6

Reference:

6E 4030AP, 6E 4030EF, BOSR 8.1.2

-1, BOP DG-11 EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 95 of 197 20 January 2012 49 ID: 2012 NRC EXAM RO Q49 Points: 1.00 Given: - Unit 1 has just tripped from 100% power concurrent with a Loss of DC Bus 112.

- All equipment operates as designed.

- During performance of recovery procedures, the NSO pushes the MCR TRIP pushbuttons for BOTH Unit 1 Turbine Driven FW Pumps.

With NO other operator actions, the status of the 1B and 1C FW pumps is-1B FW Pump

1C FW Pump A. tripped tripped B. tripped running C. running running D. running tripped Answer: D Answer Explanation:

Question meets KA

- question requires examinee knowledge of bus power supplies to 125 VDC loads.

With a loss of DC bus 112, DC bus 114 is also lost. DC bus 114 is the control power to the 1B FW pump, therefore the MCR trip push button will not work for 1B FW pp. 1C FW pp is supplied by DC bus 113, so it will trip when P/B is depressed.

A is correct, see above explanation B is incorrect, see above explanation C is incorrect, see above explanation D is incorrect, see above explanation All distractors are plausible based on students misunderstanding of the FW pp and associated DC power supplies.

Ref: BOA ELEC-1 attach. C step 3 (pg. 25)

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 96 of 197 20 January 2012 Question 49 Info Question Type:

Multiple Choice Status: Active Always select on test?

No Authorized for practice?

No Points: 1.00 Time to Complete:

0 Difficulty:

0.00 System ID:

28259 User-Defined ID:

2012 NRC EXAM RO Q49 Cross Reference Number:

Topic: 2012 NRC Exam RO Question 49 Num Field 1:

RO 2.9 Num Field 2:

SRO 3.1 Text Field:

063K2.01 Comments: Bank Question from Bwd 2011 Cert. Exam Low Cog RO Level 063 D.C. Electrical Distribution K2 Knowledge of bus power supplies to the following:

(CFR: 41.7)

K2.01 Major DC loads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.9* 3.1

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 97 of 197 20 January 2012 50 ID: 2012 NRC EX RO Q 50 Points: 1.00 Given: Unit 2 is operating at 90% power with all control systems in automatic.

NO annunciators are currently in alarm.

All systems are normal.

Annunciator 2 B1, Bus 243 CONT PWR FAILURE, has just ALARMED.

NO other annunciators are LIT.

What Control Board indications would you expect to see with the above annunciator LIT?

A. Letdown will be isolated.

B. PZR HTR B/U GRP B indicating lights extinguished.

C. Breakers 2431 and 2432 position indicating lights extinguished.

D. Control Board meter 2EI

-AP055, BUS 243 VOLTAGE, indication reading 0 volts.

Answer: C Answer Explanation:

Meets K/A. Requires examinee to assess Control Board Meters and annunciators to assess the status of the DC Electrical Distribution System.

When the annunciator alarms, indicating a loss of DC control power to bus 243, all 4KV breakers directly fed from or by the Bus will have their indicating lights extinguish.

Bus 243 voltage indication reading 0 is plausible if the examinee believes the meter is D.C. powered. It is powered from the bus potental transformers which are AC.

Letdown will be isolated is considered a plausible distracter because the letdown line AOVs are fed from all four of the Unit 2 DC buses. This is not correct however becaus e the control power for these valves comes from a seperate DC power feed from DC bus 213/211 (depending on the valve)

PZR HTR B/U GRP B indicating lights extinguished is considered plausible because it is a 480 volt load with DC control power however the B Group is powered from bus 212 and bus 244. Ref: BAR 2 B1 EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 98 of 197 20 January 2012 Question 50 Info Question Type:

Multiple Choice Status: Active Always select on test?

No Authorized for practice?

No Points: 1.00 Time to Complete:

0 Difficulty:

0.00 System ID:

28363 User-Defined ID:

2012 NRC EX RO Q 50 Cross Reference Number:

T.OA01-02 Topic: 2012 NRC Exam RO Question 50 Num Field 1:

R.O 2.7 Num Field 2:

SRO 3.1 Text Field:

063A3.01 Comments: New Question

-High Cog 063 D.C. Electrical Distribution A3 Ability to monitor automatic operation of the DC electrical system, including:

(CFR: 41.7 / 45.5)

A3.01 Meters, annunciators, dials, recorders, and indicating lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.7 3.1

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 99 of 197 20 January 2012 51 ID: 2012 NRC EXAM RO Q51 Points: 1.00 Unit 1 is at 100% power and in a normal full power alignment.

A Loss of Off

-Site Power occurs due to a System Auxiliary Transformer FAULT.

The fault is subsequently CLEARED by automatic breaker operation.

Both Unit 1 Emergency Diesel Generators (EDGs) start and load as designed EXCEPT:

Half way through the loading sequence of the 1A EDG, a governor problem occurs that will NOT allow the fuel racks to open any further.

As the 1A EDG continues the loading sequence, which of the FOLLOWING breaker or engine trips will the governor problem cause?

A. Neutral Overcurrent B. Reverse Power C. Under Frequency D. Engine Overspeed Answer: C Answer Explanation:

Meets K/A. Requires examinee knowledge of trips that are enabled during a loss of voltage event and the affects of a governor malfunction during loading of the diesel generator.

If the fuel rack is "frozen" in the current position and load on the machine is increased as postulated by the question, the machine will slow down. This results in lowering frequency. From the selection of electrical trips, the underfrequency is the only one that is correct under theses conditions.

Neutral overcurrent is plausible, however only occurs during a fault condition between the source (diesel generator) and a load. No fault is postulated.

Reverse power is considered plausible however is not correct because the generator in this case is still supplying current rather than acting like a load.

Engine overspeed is plausible if the examinee thinks the EDG will shed it's load, and with frozen fuel racks won't slow down The NRC has brought up the question of the generator output breaker tripping on over-current. The DG output breaker is a 1200 amp frame like the rest of the breakers tied to this bus. It certainly may be plausible for the breaker to trip on overload, however that is not one of the selections the examinees can choose from.

Ref: Horse Note DG

-1 DG L-P pg 36 and 37

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 100 of 197 20 January 2012 Question 51 Info Question Type:

Multiple Choice Status: Active Always select on test?

No Authorized for practice?

No Points: 1.00 Time to Complete:

0 Difficulty:

0.00 System ID:

28299 User-Defined ID:

2012 NRC EXAM RO Q51 Cross Reference Number:

3C.DG-02-A Topic: 2012 NRC EXAM RO Question #51 Num Field 1:

RO 3.8 Num Field 2:

SRO 4.1 Text Field:

064K4.1 Comments: New Question, High Cog 064 Emergency Diesel Generator (ED/G) System K4 Knowledge of ED/G system design feature(s) and/or interlock( s) which provide for the following:

(CFR: 41.7)

K4.01 Trips while loading the ED/G (frequency, voltage, speed) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.8 4.1

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 101 of 197 20 January 2012 52 ID: 2012 NRC EXAM RO Q52 Points: 1.00 Given: You are in the process of performing a Gaseous Release of 0A GDT.

Concurrently, a High Rad bag of material must be moved past 0PR02J, GAS DECAY TANK EFFLUENT RADIATION MONITOR.

Given: ONLY one of the below cases will result in automatically terminating the release due to moving the Hi-Rad bag passed the monitor.

Case 1: walking 1 meter away from 0PR02J with a 5 second transit time.

Case 2: walking 2 meters away from 0PR02J with a 20 second transit time.

Case 3: walking 3 meters away from 0PR02J with a 1 minute transit time.

Case 4: walking 5 meters away from 0PR02J with a 5 minute transit time.

Consider the bag as a point source.

The release will automatically be terminated during Case...

A. 1 B. 2 C. 3 D. 4 Answer: A Answer Explanation:

Meets KA. Requires examinee to assess that radiation dose rate changes as distance changes and tests if the examinee knows what the rad. monitor is really looking at. This has applicablity to the Licensed Operator. As an example, when changing out Hi Rad. CV filters such as the Seal Injection or Reactor Coolant, the control room will recieve a call prior to the "filter pull" alerting them to the possiblity that radiation alarms may occur.

The correct answer has nothing to do with time, but only with distance. The closest distance for a given source strength will yield the greatest dose rate.

All distractors are plausible if the examinee confuses dose with dose rate.

Ref: NanTel Nuclear General Employee Study Guide

- page 102 dose and dose rate, pg 113 reducing dose

-distance.

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 102 of 197 20 January 2012 Question 52 Info Question Type:

Multiple Choice Status: Active Always select on test?

No Authorized for practice?

No Points: 1.00 Time to Complete:

0 Difficulty:

0.00 System ID:

28344 User-Defined ID:

2012 NRC EXAM RO Q52 Cross Reference Number:

S.AR1-04-B-1 Topic: 2012 NRC Exam RO Question 52 Num Field 1:

RO 2.5 Num Field 2:

SRO 3.1 Text Field:

073K5.02 Comments: New Question, High Cog, RO level 073 Process Radiation Monitoring (PRM) System K5 Knowledge of the operational implications as they apply to concepts as they apply to the PRM system:

(CFR: 41.5 / 45.7)

K5.02 Radiation intensity changes with source distance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.5 3.1

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 103 of 197 20 January 2012 53 ID: 12 NRC EXAM Q53 Points: 1.00 Besides either Unit(s) SX system, which of the following systems, that have hard

-piped connections and installed valve(s), can supply a back

-up water source to the Fire Protection Ring Header? A. CW. B. WS. C. CW Make-up. D. SX Make-up.

Answer: B Answer Explanation:

Meets K/A, tests examinee on the physical relationship between SX and the Fire Protection system.

The correct answer is correct because FP can be supplied by either units SX system or from Non-Essential service water system The other answers are plausible as they are Rock River water however not all are at the correct pressure for the Fire Protection system and there are no physical valve connections Reference page 29 of FP Lesson plan (system interconnections)

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 104 of 197 20 January 2012 Question 53 Info Question Type:

Multiple Choice Status: Active Always select on test?

No Authorized for practice?

No Points: 1.00 Time to Complete:

0 Difficulty:

0.00 System ID:

28364 User-Defined ID:

12 NRC EXAM Q53 Cross Reference Number:

S.FP1-05 Topic: 2012 NRC EXAM RO Q53 Num Field 1:

RO 2.5 Num Field 2:

SRO 2.6 Text Field:

076K1.15 Comments: New Question, Low Cog.

076 Service Water System (SWS)

K1 Knowledge of the physical connections and/or cause

- effect relationships between the SWS and the following systems:

(CFR: 41.2 to 41.9 / 45.7 to 45.8)

K1.15 FPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.5 2.6

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 105 of 197 20 January 2012 54 ID: 2012 NRC EXAM RO Q54 Points: 1.00 Given: Unit 1 is at 50% power in a normal line

-up for this power level.

Unit 2 is at 28% power and "holding" after a refueling outage.

2 Feedwater pumps are running on Unit 2.

NO unplanned LCOARs are in effect on EITHER unit.

Instrument air is cross

-tied between units.

A large loss of IA occurs, which results in rapidly lowering Unit 1 and Unit 2 IA pressure to 15 psig.

With NO operator action, what will the status of EACH Unit be, 20 minutes following the LOSS of Instrument Air?

Unit 1 Unit 2 Reason Reactor Reactor A. Tripped Operating Unit 1: High PZR water level.

Unit 2: 20 minutes is NOT enough time to reach Lo-2 SG level setpoint.

B. Operating Operating Unit 1: 20 minutes is NOT enough time to reach Lo-2 SG level setpoint.

Unit 2: is operating because Rx power is

< P-8. C. Tripped Tripped Unit 1: on Lo

-2 SG water level.

Unit 2: on Lo

-2 SG water level.

D. Tripped Tripped Unit 1: on Lo

-2 SG level.

Unit 2: on Hi PZR level.

Answer: C Answer Explanation:

Meets K/A. Requires knowledge of effects, as a result of loss of I.A. on both units when crosstied.

FWRVs fail closed on loss of IA. This results in lowering SG water level until the trip setpoint is reached. On unit 1 this will happen within about 6 minutes from the inception of the loss, as data shows from the simulator. Unit 2 will take a longer period of time (approximately 2 times longer) but will happen within the 20 minutes specified.

All other selections are plausible as the examinee will have to differentiate which trips are active below P

-8.

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 106 of 197 20 January 2012 Letdown is lost on a loss of IA which will result in a level rise in the pressurizer, making it plausible. The High PZR level trip is at 92% and initial Pzr level on each unit will be 42.5% on Unit 1 and 36.24% on Unit 2. Once PZR level is greater than program charging flow will go to 52 gpm. There are 128 gallons per percent of PZR level. This will result in more than 2 minutes to raise PZR level by 1%. PZR level must increase about 50% in each case to get to the Hi PZR Level trip. This results in about 100 minutes to obtain this trip. Ref: 1BOA SEC

-4 Table A pg 1 of 7 states FWRVs fail closed which will result in a Rx Trip w/no operator action.

Question 54 Info Question Type:

Multiple Choice Status: Active Always select on test?

No Authorized for practice?

No Points: 1.00 Time to Complete:

0 Difficulty:

0.00 System ID:

28302 User-Defined ID:

2012 NRC EXAM RO Q54 Cross Reference Number:

3D.OA-25-A Topic: 2012 NRC exam RO Question 54 Num Field 1:

RO 3.0 Num Field 2:

SRO 3.4 Text Field:

078K3.03 Comments: New Question, High Cog 078 Instrument Air System (IAS)

K3 Knowledge of the effect that a loss or malfunction of the IAS will have on the following:

(CFR: 41.7 / 45.6)

K3.03 Cross

-tied units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.0 3.4

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 107 of 197 20 January 2012 55 ID: 2012 NRC EXAM RO Q55 Points: 1.00 Given: - Unit 2 is in Mode 1.

- The 2A, 2B, and 2D RCFCs are operating in high speed.

- The 2C RCFC is in standby.

The following indications are observed on the Unit 2 RCFC Dry Bulb temperatures:

- 2A RCFC Inlet Temperature 119° F.

- 2B RCFC Inlet Temperature 118° F.

- 2C RCFC Inlet Temperature 127° F.

- 2D RCFC Inlet Temperature 121° F.

Per the Tech Spec 3.6.5, Containment Air Temperature...

A. the action requirement must be applied because ONE of the OPERATING RCFCs temperatures is above the LCO upper limit.

B. the action requirement must be applied because the average of ALL the RCFC temperatures exceeds the LCO upper limit C. NO action is necessary because the average temperature of ALL OPERATING RCFCs is below the LCO upper limit.

D. NO action is necessary because ALL the individual RCFC temperatures are within the appropriate LCO limit(s).

Answer: C Answer Explanation:

The question meets the K/A, requires examinee ability to monitor system parameters to prevent exceeding design limits (Technical Specifications).

1BOSR 0.1-1,2,3, Modes 1,2,3 Shiftly Daily Operating Surv. step F.8 (pg. 10) describes the method for calculating containment temperature for tech spec limit comparison. This method is to calculate the average of the inlet temperatures on the running RCFCs. (pg. 38) Choice A is incorrect because the shut down RCFC is not calculated into the average.

Choice B is incorrect because only one RCFC over the limit does not require TS entry.

Choice C is correct, see explanation above.

Choice D is incorrect because 2D RCFC is above the limit Ref: T/S 3.6.5, not included with submittal package.

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 108 of 197 20 January 2012 Question 55 Info Question Type:

Multiple Choice Status: Active Always select on test?

No Authorized for practice?

No Points: 1.00 Time to Complete:

0 Difficulty:

0.00 System ID:

28262 User-Defined ID:

2012 NRC EXAM RO Q55 Cross Reference Number:

3C.VP-06-C Topic: 2012 NRC Exam RO Question 55 Num Field 1:

RO 3.7 Num Field 2:

SRO 4.1 Text Field:

103A1.01 Comments: From 2011 Brwd NRC Exam High Cog RO Level 103 Containment System A1 Ability to predict and/or monitor changes in parameters (to prevent exceeding design limits) associated with operating the containment system controls including:

(CFR: 41.5 / 45.5)

A1.01 Containment pressure, temperature, and humidity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.7 4.1

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 109 of 197 20 January 2012 56 ID: 2012 NRC EXAM RO Q56 Points: 1.00 During a Unit One Reactor Startup, from a reactor trip 5 days ago and at 6400 EFPH, the Reactor Operator logged the following information when withdrawing Control Banks:

NOTE: Prior to Shutdown Bank withdrawal, source range counts were 30 CPM.

Control Bank Position Source Range Count Rate in CPM Bank A 0 steps 70

50 100 113 180 Bank B 50 300 113 430 Bank C 25 560 Which ONE of the following describes the condition of the reactor and proper operator action for the above conditions? (BCB

-1 Figure 9 is attached)

A. The Reactor is NOT critical and a normal startup may continue.

B. The Reactor IS critical below the LO

-2 Rod Insertion Limit and must be tripped.

C. The Reactor IS critical and immediately perform a Shutdown Margin Calculation.

D. The reactor is NOT critical but criticality is predicted below the Lo

-2 Rod Insertion Limt and boration is required.

Answer: D Answer Explanation:

Meets K/A. Requires the examinee's knowledge of the relationship of the 8-fold count and criticality. Requires the examinee anticipation of criticality during positive reactivity additions during a reactor startup evolution. Requires examinees knowledge of the Shutdown Margin Tech. Specs, in addition to using a Figure from the Byron Curve Book. The examinee must also be familiar with the Reactor Startup procedure, 1BGP 100

-2A1. The correct answer is correct based on the correct reading of the reference and the realization that Mode 2 SDM is not satisfied and that the procedure and Tech. Spec. require boration to restore SDM.

The distractors indicating the reactor is critical are plausible if the examinee thinks the 8 fold count is related prior to any rod withdrawl.

The distractor that states the reactor is not critical and a normal startup may continue is considered plausible due to errors reading the graph.

Ref. BCB-1 Fig. 9 with burnup at 6452.8 EFPH BGP 100-2A1 step F.7.m (pg. 11) and Att. A (pg 16)

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 110 of 197 20 January 2012 Question 56 Info Question Type:

Multiple Choice Status: Active Always select on test?

No Authorized for practice?

No Points: 1.00 Time to Complete:

0 Difficulty:

0.00 System ID:

28303 User-Defined ID:

2012 NRC EXAM RO Q56 Cross Reference Number:

T.GP02-06 Topic: 2012 NRC Exam RO Question 56 Num Field 1:

RO 4.2 Num Field 2:

SRO 4.3 Text Field:

001K5.18 Comments: Bank Question High Cog modified distractors of question wfh 8/9/11 001 Control Rod Drive System K5 Knowledge of the following operational implications as they apply to the CRDS:

(CFR: 41.5/45.7

) K5.18 Anticipation of criticality at any time when adding positive reactivity during startup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.2 4.3

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 111 of 197 20 January 2012 57 ID: 2012 NRC EXAM RO Q57 Points: 1.00 Given: A Loss of all AC power has occurred on Unit 1.

The crew has implemented 1BCA 0.0, LOSS OF ALL AC POWER

-UNIT 1. The crew has performed Step 14, ENERGIZE BUS 141 USING LIMITED UNIT 2 CROSSTIE.

The crew is currently performing Step 23, RESTORE UNIT 1 CENT CHG PUMP.

What will power the 1A CV pump using this method?

A. SAT Transformer 242

-1. B. 2A Diesel Generator.

C. UAT Transformer 141

-1. D. SAT Transformer 242

-2. Answer: B Answer Explanation:

Meets K/A by requiring examinee to know the power supply of the 1A CV pump during a limited cross

-tie evolution while implementing 1BCA 0.0.

The correct answer is from the 2A DG, that is the limited cross

-tie portion.

SAT 242-1 is plausible but not correct because it is not "limited" cross

-tie. SAT 242-2 is plausible but is not the correct train.

Supplied by U

-1 UAT is plausible based on examinee's misconceptions Ref: 1BCA 0.0 step 14 (pg. 19)

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 112 of 197 20 January 2012 Question 57 Info Question Type:

Multiple Choice Status: Active Always select on test?

No Authorized for practice?

No Points: 1.00 Time to Complete:

0 Difficulty:

0.00 System ID:

28304 User-Defined ID:

2012 NRC EXAM RO Q57 Cross Reference Number:

3D.CA-01-E Topic: 2012 NRC exam RO question 57 Num Field 1:

RO 3.1 Num Field 2:

SRO 3.2 Text Field:

011K2.01 Comments: New question, High cog., RO level 011 Pressurizer Level Control System K2 Knowledge of bus power supplies to the following:

(CFR: 41.7)

K2.01 Charging pumps . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 3.2

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 113 of 197 20 January 2012 58 ID: 2012 NRC EXAM RO Q58 Points: 1.00 Given the following conditions on Unit 1:

The reactor is at FULL power.

PR channel N

-43 failed HIGH last shift and ALL actions of 1BOA INST

-1, NUCLEAR INSTRUMENTATION MALFUNCTION, have been completed.

Instrument Bus 114 has just lost power.

After the reactor trip, what will be the status of the P

-7, and P-10, status lights on the BYPASS PERMISSIVE PANEL?

P-7 P-10 A. NOT LIT LIT B. LIT NOT LIT C. LIT LIT D. NOT LIT NOT LIT Answer: D Answer Explanation:

Meets K/A requires the knowledge to interpret the NI inputs to the Reactor Protection System and predict how a loss of power will affect system response.

P-10 will not be lit. In order for it to light 3 of 4 power range channels must be less than 10% NI power. The combination or tripped bi

-stables and the loss of power results in both channel (N43 and 44) failing high. They will not input in the current state to make up the 3 of 4 inputs to P

-10. This results in P

-10 not being lit. For P

-7 to light, BOTH P-13 AND P-10 must be enabled. P13 will be made up but again P

-10 will not. Therefore P

-7 will not be made up and will remain dark or NOT Lit.

All distractors are plausible based on examinee's knowledge of the inputs to these permissives.

Ref: BA R 1-BP-3.4 BAR 1-BP-3.5 EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 114 of 197 20 January 2012 Question 58 Info Question Type:

Multiple Choice Status: Active Always select on test?

No Authorized for practice?

No Points: 1.00 Time to Complete:

0 Difficulty:

0.00 System ID:

28305 User-Defined ID:

2012 NRC EXAM RO Q58 Cross Reference Number:

3C.NI-04-D Topic: 2012 NRC Exam RO question 58 Num Field 1:

RO 4.1 Num Field 2:

SRO 4.2 Text Field:

015K1.01 Comments: New question, High Cog 015 Nuclear Instrumentation System K1 Knowledge of the physical connections and/or causeeffect relationships between the NIS and the following systems:

(CFR: 41.2 to 41.9 / 45.7 to 45.8)

K1.01 RPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.1 4.2

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 115 of 197 20 January 2012 59 ID: 2012 NRC EXAM RO Q59 Points: 1.00 When a Core Exit Thermocouple fails LOW, the average of the 10 highest CETC ...

(assume NO operator action)

A. LED display will flash.

B. LED display will go DARK.

C. SPDS subcooling display will flash.

D. LED display will indicate a LOW number.

Answer: A Answer Explanation:

Meets K/A. Requires examinee knowledge of the operation and display functions of the CETC system. Also requires knowledge of CETC failures and what will be displayed based on those failures. Note that actions to prevent exceeding design limits are excluded from this question to concentrate on the monitoring changes in parameters portion of the K/A. The correct answer is correct based on reference BOP RC

-12. When a CETC fails low, it will cause the 10 highest CETC inputs into the Subcooled Margin Monitor to rise however the SPDS Subcooling display will change color but will NOT flash but is considered a plausible distractor.

The display going dark is considered a plausible distractor.

Read low is considered plausible if the examinee does not know that it will be no longer included into the "10 highest" calc.

Ref: BOP RC

-12, step 7 (pg. 4)

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 116 of 197 20 January 2012 Question 59 Info Question Type:

Multiple Choice Status: Active Always select on test?

No Authorized for practice?

No Points: 1.00 Time to Complete:

0 Difficulty:

0.00 System ID:

28345 User-Defined ID:

2012 NRC EXAM RO Q59 Cross Reference Number:

S.IT1-05 Topic: 2012 NRC Exam RO Question 59 Num Field 1:

RO 3.7 Num Field 2:

SRO 3.9 Text Field:

017A1.01 Comments: New Question, Low Cog., RO Level 017 In-Core Temperature Monitor (ITM) System A1 Ability to predict and/or monitor changes in parameters (to prevent exceeding design limits) associated with operating the ITM system controls including:

(CFR: 41.5 / 45.7)

A1.01 Core exit temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.7 3.9

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 117 of 197 20 January 2012 60 ID: BWLI-REF3001 Points: 1.00 Which of the following is a direct entry condition for 0BOA REFUEL

-3, LOSS OF SPENT FUEL PIT COOLING UNIT 0?

A. Annunciator 1 C1, SPENT FUEL PIT LOW LEVEL, in alarm.

B. Annunciator 1 A1, SPENT FUEL PIT PUMP TRIP, in alarm.

C. Spent Fuel Pit Heat Exchanger outlet temperature of 125 degrees F.

D. Area Rad monitor 0AR37J, FUEL HANDLING BUILDING GENERAL AREA, in ALERT.

Answer: B Answer Explanation:

Meets K/A. Requires knowledge that Annunciator 1 A1 may require entry into 0BOA Refuel-3.

Correct answer is correct as stated in both the annunciator response and 0BOA Refuel

-3. A SFP HX temperature is plausible but the alarm and entry condition to 0BOA Refuel-3 is at 149 degrees not 125.

A spent fuel pool low level alarm is again plausible but not applicable to this condition. The correct BOA would be Unit specific Refuel 2, Refuel cavity or SFP Level Loss High general area radiation is considered plausible because Refuel

-3 addresses informing RP of condition but again is not an entry condition. It is an entry condition to 1/2 BOA Refuel 1 and 2.

Ref: BAR 1 A1 and 0BOA Refuel

-3, Loss of Spent Fuel Cooling, (pg. 1)

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 118 of 197 20 January 2012 Question 60 Info Question Type:

Multiple Choice Status: Active Always select on test?

No Authorized for practice?

No Points: 1.00 Time to Complete:

0 Difficulty:

0.00 System ID:

17890 User-Defined ID:

BWLI-REF3001 Cross Reference Number:

T.OA31-02 Topic: BWLI-REF3001 Num Field 1:

RO 4.2 Num Field 2:

SRO 4.1 Text Field:

033G2.4.31 Comments: Bank Question, Low Cog 033 Spent Fuel Pool Cooling System (SFPCS) 2.4.31 Knowledge of annunciator alarms, indications, or response procedures. l (CFR: 41.10 / 45.3) l IMPORTANCE RO 4.2 SRO 4.1

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 119 of 197 20 January 2012 61 ID: BYLC3CSG03C001 Points: 1.00 Unit 1 is at power with the following conditions:

1B and 1C Main Feed Pumps are online 1PT-524, Steam Pressure fails HIGH NOTE: The indications depicted below are JUST PRIOR to the event.

Select the statement that describes the response with NO operator actions. (Assume shrink and swell are negligible for these conditions.)

A. All SG levels DROP initially and MFPs speed goes UP.

B. 1B FRV OPENS initially and MFPs speed goes DOWN.

C. 1B SG level RISES initially and MFPs speed goes UP.

D. All FRVs CLOSE initially and MFPs speed goes DOWN.

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 120 of 197 20 January 2012 Answer: C Answer Explanation:

Meets K/A. Requires examinee to monitor the automatic operation of the SG water level control system Density compensation is a multiplier for steam flow. Density goes down as steam pressure drops. At low power, higher pressure is a larger multiplier. So when the transmitter fails high, the multiplier is the largest. At this power it will bring the indicated steam flow up from about 2.4 Mlb/hr to 2.8 Mlb/hr. The sum of the steam flows feed the DP Program of % Full Power Steam vs. Program DP. The Master Controller looks at Actual (PT

-507, Stm Hdr and PT

-508, FW Pump Disch Hdr). It sees the actual lower than the program and DP program calls for a higher DP, thus MFPs speed will go up.

The FRV opens, due to Steam flow greater than feedwater flow, a rapid response. The FRV will open until the level signal SG level rises, long term response and back down on the Feedwater reg. valve, in about 1 minute. The Steam generator level will settle out at a slightly higher value.

All other response are plausible based on the examinee's mis

-understanding of the SGWLC system Ref: SGWLCS L

-P pages 19 (Steam press. compensation channel failure), 21 (Steam Flow channel failure) and pg 26, (Operation of 3 element controller) and FW pp Speed Control pg. 73 (question 12 on practice exercise)

Question 61 Info Question Type:

Multiple Choice Status: Active Always select on test?

No Authorized for practice?

No Points: 1.00 Time to Complete:

0 Difficulty:

0.00 System ID:

20752 User-Defined ID:

BYLC3CSG03C001 Cross Reference Number:

3C.SG-03-C Topic: BYLC3CSG03C001

- 50% Both MFPs on and PT

-514, Steam Pressure fails high Num Field 1:

RO 4.0 Num Field 2:

SRO 3.9 Text Field:

035A3.01 Comments: Bank Question High Cog.

035 Steam Generator System (S/GS)

A3 Ability to monitor automatic operation of the S/G including:

(CFR: 41.7 / 45.5)

A3.01 S/G water level control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.0 3.9

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 121 of 197 20 January 2012 62 ID: 2012 NRC EXAM RO Q62 Points: 1.00 Given:

A Reactor trip has just occurred on Unit 1 from 75% power. The following plant conditions exist after the Reactor trip:

Train A Reactor Trip Breaker: OPEN Train B Reactor Trip Breaker: CLOSED DRPI Rod Bottom lights:

ALL LIT Neutron flux:

LOWERING The setpoint at which Tave will be controlled by the Steam Dumps is ____ degrees F.

A. 550 B. 557 C. 560 D. 561 Answer: C Answer Explanation:

Meets K/A. Tests examinee on knowledge of RCS temperature control by the Steam Dump system following a Reactor Trip due to a failure of the Reactor Trip Controller, that resulted from RTB B failing to open. Normal SD response is recall but diagnosis of a failure is comprehension.

The steam dumps will be controlled by the Load Rejection controller. At 0% load a 3 degree offset is programmed in from a no

-load Tave condition. (i.e. 560 degrees vs. the normal 557). Since RTB didn't open, the steam dump system will not know the reactor tripped to maintain 557. The steam dumps will respond to a 560 degree setpoint.

550 degrees is a plausible distractor as that is the temperature at which the steam dumps are no longer "armed" . If the examinee would mistakenly think the dumps would stay open until P

-12 is met, this is where they would control at.

561 is a plausible distractor because if the steam dumps do not open RCS temperature would be controlled by the SG PORVs at 561 degrees.

Ref: Steam Dump Lesson plan pg 23.

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 122 of 197 20 January 2012 Question 62 Info Question Type:

Multiple Choice Status: Active Always select on test?

No Authorized for practice?

No Points: 1.00 Time to Complete:

0 Difficulty:

0.00 System ID:

28307 User-Defined ID:

2012 NRC EXAM RO Q62 Cross Reference Number:

3C.DU-01-C Topic: 2012 NRC Exam RO Question 62 Num Field 1:

RO 2.7 Num Field 2:

SRO 2.9 Text Field:

041K6.03 Comments: Bank Question, High Cog, RO level 041 Steam Dump System (SDS)/Turbine Bypass Control K6 Knowledge of the effect of a loss or malfunction on the following will have on the SDS:

(CFR: 41.7 / 45.7)

K6.03 Controller and positioners, including ICS, S/G, CRDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.7 2.9

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 123 of 197 20 January 2012 63 ID: 2012 NRC EXAM RO Q63 Points: 1.00 Concerning the Waste Gas Decay Tanks:

The in-service Waste Gas Decay Tank will auto isolate at __(1)__ psig.

The Waste Gas Decay Tanks are protected from overpressure by a relief valve that lifts at __(2)__ psig.

(1) (2) A. 85 150 B. 85 100 C. 95 150 D. 95 100 Answer: C Answer Explanation:

Meets K/A. Requires examinee to have knowledge of design features and interlocks associated with pressure of the Waste Gas Decay Tanks.

The correct answer is correct based on Lesson Plan information.

All other distractors are plausible based on examinee's knowledge and the PRT has a 100 # relief.

Ref: Radioactive Waste Gas L

-P. 95# setpoint is found on pg 24 Relief valve setpoint is found on pg. 9

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 124 of 197 20 January 2012 Question 63 Info Question Type:

Multiple Choice Status: Active Always select on test?

No Authorized for practice?

No Points: 1.00 Time to Complete:

0 Difficulty:

0.00 System ID:

28346 User-Defined ID:

2012 NRC EXAM RO Q63 Cross Reference Number:

3C.GW-01-B Topic: 2012 NRC Exam RO Question 63 Num Field 1:

RO 2.6 Num Field 2:

SRO 3.0 Text Field:

071K4.01 Comments: New Question, Low Cog., RO level 071 Waste Gas Disposal System (WGDS)

K4 Knowledge of design feature(s) and/or interlock(s) which provide for the following:

(CFR: 41.7)

K4.01 Pressure capability of the waste gas decay tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.6 3.0

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 125 of 197 20 January 2012 64 ID: 2012 NRC EXAM RO Q64 Points: 1.00 Given the following Unit 1 conditions:

The Unit 1 Rounds operator reports that the 1PR27J (Steam Jet Air Ejector Rad Monitor) has the following indications on the front of the RM

-80: -The GREEN Instrument Available Light is NOT LIT.

-The BLUE Interlock Light is LIT.

-The RED High Radiation Light is NOT LIT.

Based upon these local indications, the NSO should find the cursor color for the 1PR27J on the RM-11: _______.

A. YELLOW B. CYAN C. MAGENTA D. DARK BLUE Answer: D Answer Explanation:

Meets K/A. Ability to monitor the AR/PR system in the control room. Requires examinee to assess in

-plant conditions and make correlation to what the examinee should see in the control room.

The 3 local lights associated with the RM

-80 indicate an Operate Failure has occurred. The blue light being lit could also be the monitor at the Alert setpoint, however, the "green" light being out indicates the module is not in alert but rather in operate failure mode. The RM

-11 indicates an Operate Failure by displaying a Dark Blue icon.

If the examinee feels the rad monitor is in alert, the Yellow icon will be lit, making this distracter plausible.

If the examinee feels a communications failure has occurred due to the green light being out, the Magenta icon will be lit. If the examinee feels an equipment failure has occurred due to the green light being out, the Cyan icon will be lit.

Reference AR/PR L

-P pages 24 and 26

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 126 of 197 20 January 2012 Question 64 Info Question Type:

Multiple Choice Status: Active Always select on test?

No Authorized for practice?

No Points: 1.00 Time to Complete:

0 Difficulty:

0.00 System ID:

28365 User-Defined ID:

2012 NRC EXAM RO Q64 Cross Reference Number:

A.AR1-10 Topic: 2012 NRC Exam RO question 64 Num Field 1:

RO 2.5 Num Field 2:

SRO 2.5 Text Field:

072A4.02 Comments: Bank Question, High Cog 072 Area Radiation Monitoring (ARM) System A4 Ability to manually operate and/or monitor in the control room: (CFR: 41.7 / 45.5 to 45.8)

A4.02 Major components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.5* 2.5

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 127 of 197 20 January 2012 65 ID: 2012 NRC EXAM RO Q65 Points: 1.00 Given: Both units are at 100% power.

The following equipment is OOS.

1B CW Pump 0A WS Pump 1B SAC All other equipment is normally aligned.

The following occurs:

Unit 1 Reactor is manually TRIPPED.

All equipment operates as designed.

ONE MINUTE LATER, bus 143 faults and is deenergized.

With the above conditions and NO operator actions, which of the following will occur?

A. Unit 1 Pzr Backup Heater Group A ENERGIZES.

B. Unit 1 LOSES Instrument Air.

C. ALL unit 1 steam dump valves CLOSE.

D. WS header pressure DROPS on BOTH units.

Answer: C Answer Explanation:

The question meets the K/A, requires examinee knowledge of loss of CW system will have on ESFAS (C

-9 interlock).

Choice A is incorrect, B/U heater group A is powered from bus 143, so the group will not energize. The distractor is credible because if the non

-ESF bus loss was 144, then the variable heater group on U

-1 would loss power and the backup heaters on the energized bus would energize on low Prz pressure.

Choice D is correct, A bus 143 fault will cause a loss of bus 143 and the 1A and 1C CW pumps brkrs opening on UV. With the 1B CW pp previously OOS, C

-9 interlock (ALL CW pp brks open) would prevent steam dumps from arming and cause all steam dump valves to close. Choice B is incorrect, 1B SAC (which is OOS) is powered from bus 144, The 1A SAC will be lost on a loss of Bus 143 but Service Air supply will not be lost due to cross-connection between units. The loss of bus 143 will not affect the status of instrument air on Unit 1.

Choice C is incorrect, 0A WS pump (which is OOS) is powered from bus 143, so the loss of bus 143 will not affect the status of WS.

Ref: BAR 1

-BP-5.6 EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 128 of 197 20 January 2012 Question 65 Info Question Type:

Multiple Choice Status: Active Always select on test?

No Authorized for practice?

No Points: 1.00 Time to Complete:

0 Difficulty:

0.00 System ID:

28272 User-Defined ID:

2012 NRC EXAM RO Q65 Cross Reference Number:

3C.EF-01-B Topic: 2012 NRC Exam RO Question # 65 Num Field 1:

RO 3.4 Num Field 2:

SRO 3.5 Text Field:

075K3.07 Comments: From 2009 Braidwood NRC Exam High Cog. RO Level 075 Circulating Water System K3 Knowledge of the effect that a loss or malfunctions of the circulating water system will have on the following:

(CFR: 41.7 / 45.6)

K3.07 ESFAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.4* 3.5

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 129 of 197 20 January 2012 66 ID: 2012 NRC EXAM RO Q66 Points: 1.00 Given: Unit 2 is operating at full power.

3 minutes ago a feedwater malfunction occured that resulted in reactor power RISING.

The unit is still responding to the effects of the transient.

Currently the 1 minute calorimetric indicates 101.4% power and is RISING very slightly.

The 10 minute calorimetric is currently EXCEEDING 100% power.

In accordance with 2BGP 100

-3, POWER ASCENSION, which of the following would result in the GREATEST turbine output while restoring thermal output to within limits per the Unit Operating License? A. IMMEDIATELY initiate a Feedwater Runback for 1 minute.

B. IMMEDIATELY initiate a Heater Drain Runback for 1 minute.

C. Initiate a Heater Drain Runback for 1 minute AFTER the transient subsides.

D. Initiate a Feedwater Runback for 1 minute AFTER the transient subsides.

Answer: B Answer Explanation:

Meets K/A. Question requires examinee to make a conservative decision I.A.W. 2BGP 100-3. Paragraph provided below as explanation.

Unplanned activities that result in an increase in reactor power and cause the 10 minute calorimetric to exceed 100% SHALL be immediately addressed to limit the time that the 10 minute calorimetric exceeds 100%. Do NOT wait for transient conditions to subside, take prompt conservative action to reduce power to less than or equal to 100%.

The heater drain runback has a 20 MW/min ramp rate. At the end of 1 minute power will therefore be reduced by about 2%.

The FW runback rate is 250 MW/min. Therefore after 1 minute, power will be down to about 80%.

As stated above, the Reactor Operator should not wait for the transient to subside before taking action.

Ref: 2BGP 100

-3 E.1.i. pg 12

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 130 of 197 20 January 2012 Question 66 Info Question Type:

Multiple Choice Status: Active Always select on test?

No Authorized for practice?

No Points: 1.00 Time to Complete:

0 Difficulty:

0.00 System ID:

28309 User-Defined ID:

2012 NRC EXAM RO Q66 Cross Reference Number:

3E.AM-031-K Topic: 2012 NRC Exam RO Question 66 Num Field 1:

R.O 3.6 Num Field 2:

SRO 4.3 Text Field:

Gen. 2.1.39 Comments: New Question, High Cog, RO level 2.1 Conduct of Operations 2.1.39 Knowledge of conservative decision making practices.

l (CFR: 41.10 / 43.5 / 45.12)

IMPORTANCE RO 3.6 SRO 4.3

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 131 of 197 20 January 2012 67 ID: 2012 NRC EXAM RO Q67 Points: 1.00 Unit 1 was at full power when an earthquake occurred.

A Reactor Trip First Out annunciator is LIT.

The Reactor has NOT Tripped.

The Turbine has NOT Tripped.

The Turbine is being run back manually.

Control Rods are being INSERTED into the core.

The first group of steam dumps are OPEN.

The crew has entered 1BFR

-S.1, RESPONSE TO NUCLEAR POWER GENERATION/ATWS UNIT 1. Given the above situation, which of the following will give the BEST indication of core power?

A. Tave B. Calorimetric C. Loop Delta T D. Turbine first stage pressure Answer: C Answer Explanation:

Meets K/A. Requires examinee to evaluate each selection to provide the most reliable indication of core power when the majority of the NI's are considered suspect.

Loop delta T will give the most reliable indication of core power since power is proportional to dT. Turbine first stage pressure will not be as reliable because turbine power could be different than reactor power during the transient as the steam dumps may be open and therefore turbine power is not an accurate measure of steam flow.

Calorimetric power will not accurately track the rapid power changes on the secondary and will not be considered reliable in these rapidly changing conditions.

Tave is not accurate in these situations because it can change rapidly based on rod movement and difference between primary and secondary power.

ref. BGP 100

-3 E. Limitation and Actions

- 1. Reactor d. & h. (pgs 10 & 11) states" Reactor Power to be monitored by all available indication to assure proper NI operation, ie Delta Temperature, turbine first stage pressure, generator output and steam pressure.

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 132 of 197 20 January 2012 Question 67 Info Question Type:

Multiple Choice Status: Active Always select on test?

No Authorized for practice?

No Points: 1.00 Time to Complete:

0 Difficulty:

0.00 System ID:

28310 User-Defined ID:

2012 NRC EXAM RO Q67 Cross Reference Number:

3E.AM-028-A Topic: 2012 NRC Exam RO Question 67 Num Field 1:

R.O. 4.3 Num Field 2:

SRO 4.3 Text Field:

Gen. 2.1.45 Comments: New Question, High Cog, RO level 2.1.45 Ability to identify and interpret diverse indications to validate the response of l another indication.

l (CFR: 41.7 / 43.5 / 45.4) l IMPORTANCE RO 4.3 SRO 4.3

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 133 of 197 20 January 2012 68 ID: 2012 NRC EXAM RO Q68 Points: 1.00 Given: Unit 1 had been on line for 1 year of continuous full power operation.

The reactor TRIPPED 14 hours1.62037e-4 days <br />0.00389 hours <br />2.314815e-5 weeks <br />5.327e-6 months <br /> ago.

A Unit 1 Reactor Startup has commenced.

The crew has STABILIZED reactor power at 1 x 10

-3%, but the power ascension is DELAYED for one hour.

Rod Height is CB D at 30 steps (RIL)

If NO action is taken, RCS temperature will trend (1) . To maintain power CONSTANT the Unit NSO should (2) to offset this temperature CHANGE. (1) (2)

RCS Temp. NSO Action A. higher borate B. higher insert control rods C. lower dilute D. lower withdraw control rods Answer: A Answer Explanation:

Meets K/A. Question involves a reactor start

-up and requires examinee knowledge of control manipulation that affects reactivity.

Requires examinee to understand that Xenon will be "burning out" faster than it is being produced based during the stated time frame (peaked at about 10 hours1.157407e-4 days <br />0.00278 hours <br />1.653439e-5 weeks <br />3.805e-6 months <br /> and is now decaying). If no action is taken RCS temperature will rise. As the poison concentration is reduced it will have to be off

-set by either inserting control rods or performing a boration. Inserting Control rods is incorrect because we are critical at the Rod Insertion Limit.

All other distractors are plausible based on the examinee's knowledge of how and when xenon changes, following a reactor trip.

Ref: BCB-1 fig. 8c EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 134 of 197 20 January 2012 Question 68 Info Question Type:

Multiple Choice Status: Active Always select on test?

No Authorized for practice?

No Points: 1.00 Time to Complete:

0 Difficulty:

0.00 System ID:

28311 User-Defined ID:

2012 NRC EXAM RO Q68 Cross Reference Number:

3C.GP-03-I Topic: 2012 NRC Exam RO question 68 Num Field 1:

RO 4.5 Num Field 2:

SRO 4.4 Text Field:

Gen2.2.1 Comments: New Question, High Cog 2.2 Equipment Control 2.2.1 Ability to perform pre-startup procedures for the facility, including operating l those controls associated with plant equipment that could affect reactivity.

l (CFR: 41.5 / 41.10 / 43.5 / 43.6 / 45.1)

IMPORTANCE RO 4.5 SRO 4.4

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 135 of 197 20 January 2012 69 ID: 2012 NRC EXAM RO Q69 Points: 1.00 Considering the Feedwater system differences between the Units:

Which unit has a Loss of Tempering Line Subcooling Abnormal Operating procedure?

Which unit has a flow and purge permissive logic circuitry to OPEN the Feed Water Isolation Valves (FW0 09A-D)? Unit that has:

Loss of Tempering Line Flow and Purge Subcooling procedure Permissive A. 1 1 B. 1 2 C. 2 1 D. 2 2 Answer: D Answer Explanation:

Meets K/A. Requires examinee to know the procedurally based difference between manipulations at the feedwater panel of each unit.

Reference:

2BOA SEC-6, Loss of feedwater Tempering Line Subcooling has no comprable U

-1 abnormal operating procedure 2BGP 100-3 step 40 has the actions necessary to satisfy the flow and purge permissives to open the FWIVs whereas on U

-1 these restrictions do not exist.

All distracters are plasible if the examinee does not know the differences between feedwater operation on each unit.

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 136 of 197 20 January 2012 Question 69 Info Question Type:

Multiple Choice Status: Active Always select on test?

No Authorized for practice?

No Points: 1.00 Time to Complete:

0 Difficulty:

0.00 System ID:

28312 User-Defined ID:

2012 NRC EXAM RO Q69 Cross Reference Number:

3C.FW-04-A Topic: 2012 NRC Exam RO Question 69 Num Field 1:

RO 3.6 Num Field 2:

SRO 3.6 Text Field:

Gen. 2.2.4 Comments: New Question, Low Cog 2.2.4 (multi

-unit license) Ability to explain the variations in control board/control room l layouts, systems, instrumentation, and procedural actions between units at a l facility. l (CFR: 41.6 / 41.7 / 41.10 / 45.1 / 45.13)

IMPORTANCE RO 3.6 SRO 3.6

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 137 of 197 20 January 2012 70 ID: 2012 NRC EXAM RO Q70 Points: 1.00 Given the typical 4KV/6.9KV Breaker Electrical Schematic control circuit below:

SR P N M M Y LS LS CS C CS C 52 b 52 b Y LC SW LC SW H CS CS TP H TC 52 a 52 a 52 a 52 a Which contact listed below prevents the breaker from closing MORE than once after an initial closing signal is generated?

A. Y B. LS C. 52/b D. LC/SW Answer: A Answer Explanation:

The question meets the K/A, requires examinee ability to interpret station electrical drawings. The circuit shown is a simplified example of the anti

-pumping circuit used in all Byron 4KV and 6.9 KV breakers. All the contact options are in the circuit leg with the spring release (SR) coil, therefore any of the contacts can interrupt the circuit continuity to the SR coil.

Choice A is correct, the Y (anti

-pumping) contact opens whenever the Y coil is energized (i.e. when the breaker has a active closing signal). The open Y contact will prevent the SR coil from getting a second closing signal (from a continuous close signal) in the event the breaker closed and tripped back open immediately. In that case the Y coil would remain energized through the resistor downstream of the Y coil, thereby keeping the Y contact open and preventing the breaker from reclosing after the closing spring had re-charged.

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 138 of 197 20 January 2012 Choice C is incorrect, the 52/b (breaker position) contact is in the circuit as a protective device that will prevent a closing signal from energizing the SR coil on a breaker that is already closed (thus protecting the SR coil from prolonged energization and coil damage). Choice D is incorrect, the LC/SW (latch check switch) contact is is a contact in a microswitch that senses the position of the breaker trip coil plunger, thereby preventing a closing signal from energizing the SR coil on a breaker that has an active trip signal in.

Choice B is incorrect, the LS (limit switch) contact is a limit switch that senses the charge state of the closing spring. Its function is to prevent a closing signal from energizing the SR coil on a breaker that does not have the closing spring charged and to energize the closing spring charging motor Ref: 6E-1-4030B Question 70 Info Question Type:

Multiple Choice Status: Active Always select on test?

No Authorized for practice?

No Points: 1.00 Time to Complete:

0 Difficulty:

0.00 System ID:

28265 User-Defined ID:

2012 NRC EXAM RO Q70 Cross Reference Number:

A.BP3-03-A Topic: 2012 NRC Exam RO Question 70 Num Field 1:

RO 3.5 Num Field 2:

SRO 3.9 Text Field:

Generic 2.2.41 Comments: Bank Question from 2011 Braidwood NRC Exam Low Cog. RO Level 2.2.41 Ability to obtain and interpret station electrical and mechanical drawings.

l (CFR: 41.10 / 45.12 / 45.13) l IMPORTANCE RO 3.5 SRO 3.9

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 139 of 197 20 January 2012 71 ID: CERT 2010 RO 97 Points: 1.00 In accordance with EP

-AA-113, Attachment 1, Emergency Worker Exposure Limits, a 30 year old Equipment Operator can receive a dose up to ________ Rem TEDE to protect valuable property?

A. 5 B. 10 C. 30 D. 60 Answer: B Answer Explanation:

Meets K/A. Requires examinee knowledge of normal and emergency exposure limits.

5 Rem is the limit for "all" emergency activities. 30 Rem is the limit to the lens of the eye for protecting property. 60 Rem is plausible based on the formula Max. Dose = 5(N-18). For a 30 year old this would equal 60.

Ref: EP-AA-113 Att. 1 Question 71 Info Question Type:

Multiple Choice Status: Active Always select on test?

No Authorized for practice?

No Points: 1.00 Time to Complete:

3 Difficulty:

2.00 System ID:

28087 User-Defined ID:

CERT 2010 RO 97 Cross Reference Number:

T.AM46-03 Topic: Emergency exposure limits Num Field 1:

3.2 Num Field 2:

3.7 Text Field:

G2.3.04 Comments: Bank Question, Low Cog, RO Level References EP

-AA-113, Attachment 1 10CFR5543(b)(4) 2.3 Radiation Control 2.3.4 Knowledge of radiation exposure limits under normal or emergency conditions.

l (CFR: 41.12 / 43.4 / 45.10) l IMPORTANCE RO 3.2 SRO 3.7

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 140 of 197 20 January 2012 72 ID: 2012 NRC EXAM RO Q72 Points: 1.00 Given: Both units are at full power, normal alignment.

The 0A VC train is in normal operation.

The 0B VC train is in standby.

The following occurs:

An event that has the potential for an accidental radioactive release in the Unit 2 Auxiliary Building is reported to the MCR.

The MCR SRO directs an RO to monitor control room intake air for elevated radiation trends. The RO notes all MCR rad monitor icons on the RM

-11 GRID 2, PROCESS AIR MONITORS, are currently GREEN.

With the above conditions, to monitor control room intake air on the RM

-11, the RO will trend the... A. 0PR31J or 0PR32J, OUT AIR IN OA B. 0PR33J or 0PR34J, OUT AIR IN OB C. 0PR35J or 0PR36J, TURB AIR IN OA D. 0PR37J or 0PR38J, TURB AIR IN OB

Answer: A Answer Explanation:

The question meets the K/A, requires examinee ability to use radiation monitoring systems. MCR rad monitor icons are green even when their sampled plenums are not online because the sample pumps will continuously sample plenums that have stagnant air flow. With the 0A VC system in normal alignment (outside air intake) the only rad monitors that would have MCR intake air flow through their respective intake plenum is the 0PR31J and 32J.

Choice A is correct, see explanation above.

Choice B is incorrect, 0PR33J and 34J sample the outside air intake from Unit 2 (0B train). Although the radiation spill was in the Aux. bldg, because 0B VC train was not running, this plenum would not experience intake air flow.

Choice C is incorrect, 0PR35J and 36J sample the turbine bldg intake from Unit 1 (0A train). Although the radiation spill was in the Aux. bldg, this plenum would not experience intake air flow unless the 0A VC system was manually or automatically swapped to emergency mode.

Choice D is incorrect, 0PR37J and 38J sample the turbine bldg intake from Unit 2 (0B train). Although the radiation spill was in the Aux.bldg this plenum would not experience intake air flow unless the 0B VC system was manually started in emergency mode

. Ref: Horse Note VC

-1 and BOP VC

-1 C. Prerequisites (pgs. 2 and 3)

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 141 of 197 20 January 2012 Question 72 Info Question Type:

Multiple Choice Status: Active Always select on test?

No Authorized for practice?

No Points: 1.00 Time to Complete:

0 Difficulty:

0.00 System ID:

28263 User-Defined ID:

2012 NRC EXAM RO Q72 Cross Reference Number:

S.AR1-18 Topic: 2012 NRC Exam RO Question 72 Num Field 1:

RO 2.9 Num Field 2:

SRO 2.9 Text Field:

Generic 2.3.5 Comments: Bank Question 2011 Brwd NRC exam Low Cog RO level 2.3.5 Ability to use radiation monitoring systems, such as fixed radiation monitors and alarms, portable survey instruments, personnel monitoring equipment, etc.

l (CFR: 41.11 / 41.12 / 43.4 / 45.9) l IMPORTANCE RO 2.9 SRO 2.9

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 142 of 197 20 January 2012 73 ID: 12 NRC EXAM RO Q:73 Points: 1.00 Given: A Fire Alarm in the RCA has been actuated and received in the Control Room.

The RP Technician has acknowledged the dispatch over the radio.

The MCR Operator has advised the RP Technician to change to Radio Channel 3.

Per BAP 1100

-10, RESPONSE PROCEDURE FOR FIRE/FIRE ALARM, what is to be discussed by the MCR Operator and the RP Technician over Radio Channel 3?

A. Who to send to the fire site.

B. Where to meet the Fire Brigade.

C. Ventilation systems to be secured.

D. Fire Protection systems to be ACTUATED.

Answer: B Answer Explanation:

Meets K/A, requires examinee to have knowledge of operator responsibilities as listed in the Station Fire Protection procedures.

All answers are plausible as they will or may be performed during the course of a fire in the Aux. Bldg. but are not part of the conversation between the RPT and the Operator.

The correct answer is correct based on BAP 1100

-10 step C.1.

Question 73 Info Question Type:

Multiple Choice Status: Active Always select on test?

No Authorized for practice?

No Points: 1.00 Time to Complete:

0 Difficulty:

0.00 System ID:

28368 User-Defined ID:

12 NRC EXAM RO Q:73 Cross Reference Number:

3E.AM-011-A Topic: 2012 NRC Exam RO Q: 73 Num Field 1:

RO 3.3 Num Field 2:

SRO 3.7 Text Field:

Gen. 2.4.25 Comments: Bank Question, Low Cog, RO level 2.4 Emergency Procedures / Plan 2.4.25 Knowledge of fire protection procedures.

l (CFR: 41.10 / 43.5 / 45.13) l IMPORTANCE RO 3.3 SRO 3.7

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 143 of 197 20 January 2012

74 ID: 2012 NRC EXAM RO Q74 Points: 1.00 Given: A fire is occurring in the Upper Cable Spreading Room directly above the Unit 1 MCR.

All detectors in the area are in alarm on 1PM09J, Fire Detection panel.

The system responds as designed.

The operators first response, per 1PM09J Alarm Response Procedures, regarding fire suppression is:

A. Verify automatic CO2 suppression actuation.

B. Verify automatic Halon suppression actuation.

C. Dispatch an operator to locally actuate Halon suppression.

D. Dispatch an operator to locally actuate CO2 suppression.

Answer: B Answer Explanation:

Meets K/A. Requires examinee to have knowledge of "fire in the plant" procedures, specifically the BARs in this case.

The correct answer is correct base on the Alarm Response procedure.

Manual Halon actuation is plausible but only if auto action does not occur. The room also has back

-up CO2 suppression but will not actuate automatically, making the CO2 distractors plausible Ref: BAR 1PM09J

-E1 and E2 EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 144 of 197 20 January 2012 Question 74 Info Question Type:

Multiple Choice Status: Active Always select on test?

No Authorized for practice?

No Points: 1.00 Time to Complete:

0 Difficulty:

0.00 System ID:

28358 User-Defined ID:

2012 NRC EXAM RO Q74 Cross Reference Number:

S.FP1-06-C Topic: 2012 NRC Exam RO question # 74 Num Field 1:

RO 3.4 Num Field 2:

SRO 3.9 Text Field:

Gen. 2.4.27 Comments: Bank Question, Low Cog, RO level 2.4.27 Knowledge of "fire in the plant" procedures.

l (CFR: 41.10 / 43.5 / 45.13) l IMPORTANCE RO 3.4 SRO 3.9

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 145 of 197 20 January 2012 75 ID: 2012 NRC EXAM RO Q75 Points: 1.00 During an Emergency Event when control has been transferred from the Control Room to the fully staffed Emergency Response Organization, how is an assigned Safe Shutdown EO dispatched to perform an In

-Plant task?

A. The EO reports to the MCR and is dispatched by the Unit Supervisor.

B. The WEC Supervisor contacts the EO via the radio from the WEC.

C. The MCR contacts the TSC who contacts the OSC. The OSC dispatches the EO. D. The EO reports to the TSC and is dispatched by the Emergency Operations Director.

Answer: A Answer Explanation:

Meets KA. Requires examinee to have knowledge of techniques to use to obtain EO support during an Emergency event when the ERO is staffed.

Per E P-AA-112-200-F-18. The Shift Manager will track teams dispatched by the Control Room prior to OSC activation, until they are released to the OSC. The Safe shutdown EO's not going to be processed through the OSC per the last bullet of the pre

-defined Teams. The safe shut down EO's are dispatched by the control room.

All distractors are plausible based on examinee knowledge of the process.

Ref: EP-AA-112-200-F-18 Question 75 Info Question Type:

Multiple Choice Status: Active Always select on test?

No Authorized for practice?

No Points: 1.00 Time to Complete:

0 Difficulty:

0.00 System ID:

28347 User-Defined ID:

2012 NRC EXAM RO Q75 Cross Reference Number:

3F.ZP-04-A Topic: 2012 NRC Exam RO Question 75 Num Field 1:

RO 3.2 Num Field 2:

SRO 3.8 Text Field:

Gen. 2.4.43 Comments: Bank Question, Low Cog.

2.4.43 Knowledge of emergency communications systems and techniques

. l (CFR: 41.10 / 45.13)

IMPORTANCE RO 3.2 SRO 3.8

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 146 of 197 20 January 2012

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 147 of 197 20 January 2012 76 ID: 2012 NRC EXM SRO Q76 Points: 1.00 Given: A stuck open pressurizer safety valve on Unit 1 has resulted in the following:

Reactor Trip and Safety Injection All ECCS systems are running as designed Pzr Level is off scale high RVLIS indicates 0% in the head RCPs are OFF RCS Subcooling is NOT acceptable CETCs indicate 600

-605 degrees F and stable PRT pressure is 50 psig and RISING PRT temperature is 135 degrees F and RISING The crew has completed the initial diagnosis steps in 1BEP

-0 Reactor Trip or Safety Injection, but is still in the procedure.

Which of the following procedures will the SRO implement to address this event?

A. 1BEP ES-0.0, REDIAGNOSIS.

B. 1BFR-I.3, RESPONSE TO VOIDS IN THE REACTOR VESSEL.

C. 1BFR-I.1, RESPONSE TO HIGH PRESSURIZER LEVEL.

D. 1BEP-1, LOSS OF REACTOR OR SECONDARY COOLANT.

Answer: D Answer Explanation:

Meets KA. Requires examinee to assess the effects of a bubble in the reactor vessel due to a stuck open safety valve and determine the correct recovery procedure. This is an SRO question because it has the examinee assess plant conditions, then select the appropriate recovery procedure.

Although the circumstances described in the question place the examinee in 1BEP

-0 at or past the step where the commencement of the monitoring of the Status Trees occurs, neither of the two BFR procedures offered as distracters will address the problem. They are plausible because the question indicates a void exists in the vessel (RVLIS is 0 in the head), and pressurizer level is off scale high.

The first step of the I.1 and the I.3 procedures check if ECCS flow has been terminated, and if it has not, then return to procedure and step in effect.

The question indicates that ECCS has not been terminated because the 'ECCS pumps are operating as designed',

and 'Subcooling is NOT acceptable' which prohibits reducing ECCS injection flow.

The Rediagnosis distractor is plausible because the off normal PRT indications have no direct transistion to 1BEP

-1, and the examinee that does NOT know the requirements to enter the Rediagnosis procedure may try to apply it here.

The correct answer is 1BEP

-1 because the RISING PRT conditions will eventually rupture the PRT and cause the Rad and floor drain sump levels in containment to rise.

This provides the transistion to 1BEP

-1 from step 23 of BEP

-0. Ref: 1BEP-0 step 23 (pg 19)

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 148 of 197 20 January 2012 Question 76 Info Question Type:

Multiple Choice Status: Active Always select on test?

No Authorized for practice?

No Points: 1.00 Time to Complete:

0 Difficulty:

0.00 System ID:

28348 User-Defined ID:

2012 NRC EXM SRO Q76 Cross Reference Number:

T.FR06-03 Topic: 2012 NRC Exam SRO Question 76 Num Field 1:

Num Field 2:

Text Field:

Comments: New Question, High Cog., SRO level APE: 008 Pressurizer (PZR) Vapor Space Accident (Relief Valve Stuck Open)

AA2. Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to the Pressurizer Vapor Space Accident: (CFR: 43.5 / 45.13)

AA2.29 The effects of bubble in reactor vessel . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.9 4.2 43.b.5 EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 149 of 197 20 January 2012 77 ID: 2012 NRC EXM SRO Q77 Points: 1.00 Given: Unit 1 experienced a Large Break LOCA.

A transition to 1BEP

-1, "LOSS OF REACTOR OR SECONDARY COOLANT," has been made. Subsequently, 1BEP ES

-1.3, "TRANSFER TO COLD LEG RECIRCULATION," was implemented.

Currently, the operators are aligning ECCS for Cold Leg Recirculation per Step 2.

The STA reports a RED path in the Heat Sink status tree.

When will the actions of 1BFR H.1, LOSS OF SECONDARY HEAT SINK, be performed?

The actions of 1BFR H.1 will be commenced IMMEDIATELY after...

A. Step 3, Align RH Pumps Suction to Cnmt Sumps.

B. Step 4, Check SI and Cent Chg Pumps in ECCS Injection Mode.

C. Step 5, Align SI and Cent Chg Pumps for Cold Leg Recirculation.

D. Step 6, Start ECCS Pumps As Necessary.

Answer: D Answer Explanation:

Meets KA. Requires examinee to coordinate Functional Restoration Procedures while implementing Emergency Procedures using implementation hierarchy. This is an SRO level question because it requires knowledge of when to implement attachments and other procedures in conjuction with the procedure that is in affect at the time.

The correct answer is correct based on a Note in 1BEP ES

-1.3 that states to Perform Steps 1 thru 6 without delay.

All distractors are plausible based on examinees knowledge Ref: 1BEP ES-1.3 pages 1

-10 (note before step 1 and after step 6)

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 150 of 197 20 January 2012 Question 77 Info Question Type:

Multiple Choice Status: Active Always select on test?

No Authorized for practice?

No Points: 1.00 Time to Complete:

0 Difficulty:

0.00 System ID:

28349 User-Defined ID:

2012 NRC EXM SRO Q77 Cross Reference Number:

T.EP02-01-C Topic: 2012 NRC EXAM SRO QUESTION 77 Num Field 1:

RO 3.5 Num Field 2:

SRO 4.4 Text Field:

011gen. 2.4.16 Comments: New Q, Hi Cog. SRO level 011 Large Break LOCA 2.4.16 Knowledge of EOP implementation hierarchy and coordination with other l support procedures or guidelines such as, operating procedures, abnormal l operating procedures, and severe accident management guidelines.

l (CFR: 41.10 / 43.5 / 45.13)

IMPORTANCE RO 3.5 SRO 4.4

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 151 of 197 20 January 2012 78 ID: 2012 NRC EX. SRO Q78 Points: 1.00 Given: - Both Units are at 100% power.

- CC is in a normal alignment with Unit 0 CC HX and pump aligned to Unit1.

The U-0 CC HX is isolated due to a large leak.

What action, if any, is required?

A. NO Tech Spec action is required.

B. Enter LCOAR for Unit 1 ONLY.

C. Enter LCOAR for Unit 2 ONLY.

D. Enter LCOAR for BOTH Units.

Answer: D Answer Explanation:

Meets K/A. Requires Examinee to determine operability status of CC system on each unit due to the U

-0 CC HX leak. This is a SRO level question as it requires knowledge of the T/S bases section 3.7.7

Per the Tech. Spec Bases, "Since the CC system is shared, the common heat exchanger and associated portions of its flowpath, may be credited to both units. Further on "The inoperability of the common CC heat exchanger impacts both units' flow paths".

All distractors are plausible based on the examinees knowledge of the 7

-day LCOAR.

Ref. Bases, 3.7.7. Action A-1. (pg 5)

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 152 of 197 20 January 2012 Question 78 Info Question Type:

Multiple Choice Status: Active Always select on test?

No Authorized for practice?

No Points: 1.00 Time to Complete:

0 Difficulty:

0.00 System ID:

28318 User-Defined ID:

2012 NRC EX. SRO Q78 Cross Reference Number:

S.CC1-16 Topic: 2012 NRC Exam SRO Question 78 Num Field 1:

RO 2.9 Num Field 2:

SRO 3.5 Text Field:

026AA2.01 Comments: Bank Question, Low Cog, SRO level 026 Loss of Component Cooling Water (CCW)

AA2. Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to the Loss of Component Cooling Water:

(CFR: 43.5 / 45.13)

AA2.01 Location of a leak in the CCWS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.9 3.5 43.6.2 EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 153 of 197 20 January 2012 79 ID: 2012 NRC EX SRO Q79 Points: 1.00 Given: The crew took conservative action to TRIP the reactor and manually initiate a Safety Injection due to RISING Containment Pressure. All Safety Systems responded as designed. 1BEP-0, REACTOR TRIP OR SAFETY INJECTION is being implemented by your crew.

Immediately following the reactor trip the following conditions are noted:

PZR Level Lowering RAPIDLY PZR Pressure Lowering RAPIDLY Tave is 535 degress and continuing to Lower All S/G Levels Lowering RAPIDLY All SG Pressures Lowering RAPIDLY ALL MSIVs are currently OPEN Containment pressure is 4.7 psig and RISING You are now in the diagnostic steps of BEP

-0.

From the following selections, which procedure transition will be made NEXT?

A. 1BEP-1, LOSS OF REACTOR OR SECONDARY COOLANT.

B. 1BEP-2, FAULTED STEAM GENERATOR ISOLATION.

C. 1BEP-3, STEAM GENERATOR TUBE RUPTURE.

D. 1BCA-2.1, UNCONTROLLED DEPRESSURIZATION OF ALL STEAM GENERATORS.

Answer: B Answer Explanation:

Meets K/A. Requires examinee to distinguish between a Stm line break and a LOCA. SRO question due to detailed knowledge of the parameters that are required to make the transition to the appropriate recovery procedure.

SG pressure lowering in an uncontrolled manner is one of 2 kick outs to the E

-2 procedure.

All distractors are plausible as they are all transitions from E

-0 with the exception of BCA 2.1. BCA 2.1 is plausible based on depressurization of all s/g which is presented in the stem.

Ref: 1BEP-0 step 21 (pg 17)

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 154 of 197 20 January 2012 Question 79 Info Question Type:

Multiple Choice Status: Active Always select on test?

No Authorized for practice?

No Points: 1.00 Time to Complete:

0 Difficulty:

0.00 System ID:

28319 User-Defined ID:

2012 NRC EX SRO Q79 Cross Reference Number:

T.EP01-06-A Topic: 2012 NRC Exam SRO question 79 Num Field 1:

RO 4.6 Num Field 2:

SRO 4.7 Text Field:

040AA2.03 Comments: New Question, High Cog., SRO Level 040 Steam Line Rupture AA2. Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to the Steam Line Rupture:

(CFR: 43.5 / 45.13/ 43.b.5)

AA2.03 Difference between steam line rupture and LOCA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.6 4.7

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 155 of 197 20 January 2012 80 ID: 2012 NRC EXM SRO Q80 Points: 1.00 Given: Unit 1 was in Mode 3 when a Loss of Offsite Power (LOOP) occurred.

The Crew is performing 1BEP ES

-0.4, Natural Circulation Cooldown with Steam Void in Vessel (Without RVLIS).

The following indications are available:

Offsite Power has NOT been Restored ALL WR RCS Hot leg temperatures are 200

-205 degrees F RCS pressure is 300 psig Shutdown cooling was established 30 hours3.472222e-4 days <br />0.00833 hours <br />4.960317e-5 weeks <br />1.1415e-5 months <br /> ago All SG NR levels are 60%

There is NO steam flow from any SG What action will the SRO direct NEXT?

A. Start all CRDM exhaust and booster fans.

B. Transition to 1BGP 100

-5, Plant Shutdown and Cooldown.

C. Continue to cooldown the RCS to below 200 degrees F.

D. Raise SG levels to 88% to condense any remaining steam in the SGs.

Answer: C Answer Explanation:

The question meets the KA by testing the ability to make an operational judgment (what to do NEXT) for a loss of offsite power situation, given various plant indications.

The question is high cog, because of the need to compare the parameters given, with what is required, and make a choice based on the results. (Comprehension).

The question is SRO level because of the detailed knowledge of the procedure required to answer the question. This falls under 10CFR55.43.b.5 and the guidance provided by the NRC. The conditions given in the stem put the examinee at step 23 of the ES

-0.4 procedure. One of the requirements to depressurize the RCS at that point is that the entire RCS is below 200 degrees F. If this is not the case, then further cooldown of the RCS is necessary via the RH system in shutdown cooling (per step 21) which was performed in step 20. The transition to 1BGP 100

-5 distractor is plausible but not correct because that is the next action if all the conditions were met.

Starting all CRDM fans is plausible, but incorrect, because the procedure requires them to be running for the entire cooldown or the RH system in shutdown cooling for at least 27 hrs. With a loss of offsite power, the CRDM fans are not available, but RH has been on line for 30 hrs.

Raising SG levels to condense any steam left is plausible, but incorrect, because one of the requirements to depressurize the RCS at this point is that NO SG is still steaming.

Ref: 1BEP ES

-0.4 step 20 through 23 (pg.15

-17)

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 156 of 197 20 January 2012 Question 80 Info Question Type:

Multiple Choice Status: Active Always select on test?

No Authorized for practice?

No Points: 1.00 Time to Complete:

0 Difficulty:

0.00 System ID:

28350 User-Defined ID:

2012 NRC EXM SRO Q80 Cross Reference Number:

3D.OA-21-A Topic: 2012 NRC Exam SRO Question 80 Num Field 1:

RO 4.4 Num Field 2:

SRO 4.7 Text Field:

056gen.2.1.7 Comments: New question, High Cog, SRO Level APE: 056 Loss of Offsite Power 2.1.7 Ability to evaluate plant performance and make operational judgments based on l operating characteristics, reactor behavior, and instrument interpretation.

l (CFR: 41.5 / 43.5 / 43.b.5/ 45.12 / 45.13) l IMPORTANCE RO 4.4 SRO 4.7

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 157 of 197 20 January 2012 81 ID: 2012 NRC EX SRO Q81 Points: 1.00 Given the following plant conditions on Unit 1:

A reactor shutdown occurred 15 days ago for a refueling outage.

RCS temperature is currently 122 °F.

The core reload was completed and Mode 5 was entered 2 days ago.

Subsequently, the following events occurred:

The 1A RH pump tripped on overcurrent.

The 1B RH pump would NOT start.

The crew performed an RCS bleed and feed using both PZR PORVs and the 1B CV pump.

RCS pressure is 180 psig.

RWST level is 91%.

Which of the following will provide the LEAST amount of injection flowrate, in gallons per minute, while preventing boiling?.

(REFERENCES PROVIDED)

A. 50 B. 90 C. 370 D. 535 Answer: C Answer Explanation:

Meets K/A. Requires examinee to interpret curves contained in 1BOA Pri

-10 to determine RCS make-up rate to prevent boiling. This is an SRO question because the examinee must assess plant conditions and then select the correct portion of the procedure to mitigate the event.

Requires examinee to determine which of the 2 reference graphs to use which makes all distractors plausible based on using the incorrect curve. Examinee must also use the correct curve to "prevent boiling" versus the curve to "match" boil off. Again making all distractors plausible.

Ref: 1BOA Pri

-10 pages 11 and 12.

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 158 of 197 20 January 2012 Question 81 Info Question Type:

Multiple Choice Status: Active Always select on test?

No Authorized for practice?

No Points: 1.00 Time to Complete:

0 Difficulty:

0.00 System ID:

28321 User-Defined ID:

2012 NRC EX SRO Q81 Cross Reference Number:

3D.OA-09-D Topic: 2012 NRC Exam SRO Question 81 Num Field 1:

RO 3.9 Num Field 2:

SRO 4.2 Text Field:

025G2.1.25 Comments: Bank Question, High Cog, SRO Level 025 Loss of Residual Heat Removal System (RHRS) 2.1.25 Ability to interpret reference materials, such as graphs, curves, tables, etc.

l (CFR: 41.10 / 43.5/ 43.b.5 / 45.12) l IMPORTANCE RO 3.9 SRO 4.2

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 159 of 197 20 January 2012 82 ID: 2012 NRC EX SRO Q82 Points: 1.00 Given: Unit 1 is at full power.

A Routine containment vent release is in progress.

A review of the RM

-11 has identified the following information:

1AR011, Containment Building Fuel Handling Incident, indicates 2.80 E+01 mr/hr 1AR012, Containment Building Fuel Handling Incident, indicates 0.00 E+00 mr/hr A ten minute average review of 1AR12 on the RM

-11 identified that approx 20 minutes ago, 1AR012 was indicating a steady 3.10 E+01 mr/hr.

The associated RM

-23 currently indicates the same as the RM

-11. Which, if any, of the following is the TECH SPEC. REQUIRED action?

(REFERENCES PROVIDED)

A. No Action Required.

B. Immediately secure the unit 1 CNMT vent release.

C. Restore 1AR012 within 4 hours4.62963e-5 days <br />0.00111 hours <br />6.613757e-6 weeks <br />1.522e-6 months <br />, otherwise isolate the affected penetration within the next 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br />.

D. Restore 1AR012 within 4 hours4.62963e-5 days <br />0.00111 hours <br />6.613757e-6 weeks <br />1.522e-6 months <br />, otherwise isolate the affected penetration within the next 4 hours4.62963e-5 days <br />0.00111 hours <br />6.613757e-6 weeks <br />1.522e-6 months <br />.

Answer: D Answer Explanation:

Meets K/A, requires examinee to analyze a failure of an AR instrument and determine the required Tech Spec. actions for that failure. Question encompasses failure of instrumentation (section 3) and containment isolation (section 6) of Tech. Specs.This is SRO level because the examinee needs to apply the required actions associated with the Tech Specs.

Application of Condition A of LCO 3.3.6, 4 hours4.62963e-5 days <br />0.00111 hours <br />6.613757e-6 weeks <br />1.522e-6 months <br /> to restore rad monitor, then to Condition B which requires implementing the requirements of LCO 3.6.3. Use of Bases table and associated RM

-11 BAR requires application of Condition A allowing 4 hours4.62963e-5 days <br />0.00111 hours <br />6.613757e-6 weeks <br />1.522e-6 months <br /> to isolate penetration.

Question also requires knowledge of the VQ Release path valves.

All distractors are plausible based on examinees knowledge of the VQ system and Tech. Specs.

Ref: Tech. Spec 3.3.6 and 3.6.3 LCO and bases EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 160 of 197 20 January 2012 Question 82 Info Question Type:

Multiple Choice Status: Active Always select on test?

No Authorized for practice?

No Points: 1.00 Time to Complete:

0 Difficulty:

0.00 System ID:

28322 User-Defined ID:

2012 NRC EX SRO Q82 Cross Reference Number:

3C.AR-02-B Topic: 2012 NRC Exam SRO Question 82 Num Field 1:

RO 3.2 Num Field 2:

SRO 4.1 Text Field:

061AA2.06 Comments: Bank Question, High Cog. SRO Level 061 Area Radiation Monitoring (ARM) System Alarms AA2. Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to the Area Radiation Monitoring (ARM) System Alarms:

(CFR: 43.5 / 45.13/43.b.2)

AA2.06 Required actions if alarm channel is out of service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2 4.1

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 161 of 197 20 January 2012 83 ID: 2012 NRC EXM SRO Q83 Points: 1.00 Consider Section 3.1, Reactivity Control, of the Technical Specifications.

Tech. Spec. 3.1.1

- Shutdown Margin AND Tech. Spec. 3.1.8

- Physics Tests exceptions

-Mode 2 Require INITIATION of boration within 15 minutes if SHUTDOWN MARGIN is NOT met.

YET Tech. Spec. 3.1.4

- Rod Group Alignment Limits Tech. Spec. 3.1.5

- Shutdown Bank Insertion Limits AND Tech. Spec. 3.1.6

- Control Bank Insertion Limits Require INITIATION of boration within 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br /> if their limits are NOT met.

What is the reason for the difference in these time frames for initiating boration?

It allows time for the Operator to....

A. REALIGN rods.

B. determine if rods are TRIPPABLE.

C. REDUCE power to below applicable limits.

D. perform verification of SHUTDOWN MARGIN.

Answer: D Answer Explanation:

Meets K/A, requires knowledge of the SRO to determine boration requirements associated with SDM that are contained in the bases documents. This is an SRO question concerning as it requires the examinee to analyze T/S bases.

The reason is correct as listed in the bases documents.

All distractors are plausible as they are also contained in the bases.

Ref: B 3.1.1 (pg 4) B 3.1.4 (pg 7)

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 162 of 197 20 January 2012 Question 83 Info Question Type:

Multiple Choice Status: Active Always select on test?

No Authorized for practice?

No Points: 1.00 Time to Complete:

0 Difficulty:

0.00 System ID:

28351 User-Defined ID:

2012 NRC EXM SRO Q83 Cross Reference Number:

S.CV2-09 Topic: 2012 NRC Exam SRO Question 83 Num Field 1:

RO 3.2 Num Field 2:

SRO 4.2 Text Field:

024 gen. 2.2.25 Comments: New Question, Low Cog, SRO level 024 Emergency Boration 2.2.25 Knowledge of the bases in Technical Specifications for limiting conditions for l operations and safety limits.

l (CFR: 41.5 / 41.7 / 43.2/ 43.b2)

IMPORTANCE RO 3.2 SRO 4.2

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 163 of 197 20 January 2012 84 ID: 2012 NRC EX SRO Q84 Points: 1.00 Given: An event occurs that results in a unit trip from full power. A feedwater isolation signal malfunction occurred at the time of the trip that has resulted in ALL Steam Generator Levels being off

-scale HIGH. The crew is currently in BEP ES

-0.1 REACTOR TRIP RESPONSE and the Shift Manager has directed the STA to monitor the Status Trees.

Current major plant indications are as follows:

IR SUR: -0.3 DPM RCS Tave 530 degrees F and stable PZR Level 15% and stable RCS Pressure 1900 psig and slowly rising All SG pressures

>1235 psig All SG Levels off-scale HIGH The Shift Manager directs you to commence a plant cooldown to Mode 5 conditions as soon as possible.

From the selections below, choose the Yellow Path Procedure that will be entered FIRST, to accomplish the Shift Managers direction.

A. S.2, LOSS OF CORE SHUTDOWN.

B. I.2, RESPONSE TO LOW PRESSURIZER LEVEL.

C. H.2, RESPONSE TO SG OVERPRESSURE.

D. H.3, RESPONSE TO STEAM GENERATOR HIGH LEVEL.

Answer: C Answer Explanation:

Meets K/A requires prioritizing yellow paths due to a steam generator overpressurization event. This is an SRO question because it requires the examinee to assess plant conditions and then select a procedure to mitigate the event/comply with the Shift Managers request.

The overpressurization event is caused by overfilling the SGs. You can not directly enter into BFR H

-3 response to SG high level. You must first enter BFR H

-2, response to SG overpressure, which will direct you to BFR H

-3. The reason the H series is the highest priority currently is because you can not draw steam down the steam lines with greater than 91% level in the SGs. In order to cool down, draining SG level will be your highest priority.

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 164 of 197 20 January 2012 Per BAP 1310

-10, Procedure Use and Adherence, Byron Addendum, Yellow Path implementation is based on operator judgement when it is determined that adequate time exsists to implement it. "In other words, the operator does not have to implement the procedure". The stem of the question states the Shift Manager desires to cool the plant down to Mode 5. To do that the S/G level will have to be lowered, which will result in lowering SG pressure and allow steam removal without adversely affecting the steam piping. The S

-2 BST is a higher priority but does not have to be implemented because SUR criteria is not met. The correct answer is to perform the plant cooldown IAW SM direction and to do that BFR H.2 becomes the Unit Supervisors priority.

Ref: 1BST-3 and BAP 1310

-10 pg 20 BFR S-2 is considered a plausible distractor because during a cooldown positive reactivity will be added to the core. BFR I-2 is considered a plausible distractor because it may be anticipated PZR level will drop further as the cooldown commences.

Yellow path BFR's are taught that there is no immediate or prompt concern with their implementation which makes this distractor plausible.

Question 84 Info Question Type:

Multiple Choice Status: Active Always select on test?

No Authorized for practice?

No Points: 1.00 Time to Complete:

0 Difficulty:

0.00 System ID:

28324 User-Defined ID:

2012 NRC EX SRO Q84 Cross Reference Number:

T.FR03-04-B Topic: 2012 NRC Exam SRO Question 84 Num Field 1:

RO 3.6 Num Field 2:

SRO 4.4 Text Field:

E13.2.4.22 Comments: New Question, High Cog. SRO Level

E13 Steam Generator Overpressure 2.4.22 Knowledge of the bases for prioritizing safety functions during l abnormal/emergency operations.

l (CFR: 41.7 / 41.10 / 43.5 / 43.b.5/ 45.12) l IMPORTANCE RO 3.6 SRO 4.4

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 165 of 197 20 January 2012 85 ID: 2012 NRC EX SRO Q85 Points: 1.00 Given the following sequence of events:

U1 Reactor Trip and SI occurred from a normal 100% power lineup.

1BEP-0 "Reactor Trip or Safety Injection" is entered.

ALL U1 ECCS equipment is verified to be operating properly.

While performing 1BEP

-0 step 24, "Check if ECCS Flow Should be Terminated", the crew notes the following U1 indications:

S/G Pressures ALL 1080 psig and stable Containment Pressure 0.8 psig and stable Pzr Pressure 2000 psig and stable Containment Rad Levels Normal Containment Floor Water Level 0" S/G NR levels ALL 35% and slowly RISING RCS Temperature 554°F and slowly RISING Pzr Level 19% and slowly RISING PRT Pressure 54 psig and RISING Pzr PORVs CLOSED With the above conditions, the NEXT procedure the crew will transition to is...

A. 1BEP ES-1.1, SI TERMINATION, and then to 1BEP

-1, LOSS OF REACTOR OR SECONDARY COOLANT.

B. 1BEP ES-1.1, SI TERMINATION, and then to 1BEP ES

-1.2, POST LOCA COOLDOWN and DEPRESSURIZATION.

C. 1BEP-1, LOSS OF REACTOR OR SECONDARY COOLANT, and then to 1BEP ES-1.2, POST LOCA COOLDOWN and DEPRESSURIZATION.

D. 1BEP-1, LOSS OF REACTOR OR SECONDARY COOLANT and then to 1BGP 100-5, PLANT SHUTDOWN and COOLDOWN.

Answer: B Answer Explanation:

Meets K/A. Requires examinee to analyze current conditions as applied to a LOCA and then select the correct procedure to transition to based on the conditions. This is an SRO question based on the previous statement.

If we did not transition from 1BEP

-0 during the diagnostic steps (steps 21

-23), step 24 of E-0 checks if ECCS flow should be reduced. The criteria are: Subcooling acceptable (given in the stem), secondary heat sink available as indicated total feedflow and SG level (given in the stem), RCS pressure stable or rising (given in the stem) and adequate RCS inventory, PZR level, (given in the stem). This meets the criteria for transistioning to ES1.1 SI Termination. Once charging pumps are realigned, RCS pressure will again drop, sending the crew to 1BEP ES-1.2, POST LOCA COOLDOWN AND DEPRESSURIZATION. The SI pumps will not be injecting based on RCS pressure. When ECCS flow is reduced to 1 charging pump going through the normal charging header and Pzr level or RCS pressure begins to fall per procedure, transition to ES 1.2.

All other distractors are plausible based on the examinees mis

-diagnosis of the event or other misconception.

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 166 of 197 20 January 2012

Ref: 1BEP-0 step 24 (pg. 20) and 1BEP ES

-1.1 step 5 (pg. 3)

Question 85 Info Question Type:

Multiple Choice Status: Active Always select on test?

No Authorized for practice?

No Points: 1.00 Time to Complete:

0 Difficulty:

0.00 System ID:

28325 User-Defined ID:

2012 NRC EX SRO Q85 Cross Reference Number:

T.EP02-09-C Topic: 2012 NRC Exam SRO Question 85 Num Field 1:

RO 3.4 Num Field 2:

SRO 4.2 Text Field:

E03EA2.1 Comments: Bank Question, High Cog, SRO Level

E03 LOCA Cooldown and Depressurization EA2. Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to the (LOCA Cooldown and Depressurization)

(CFR: 43.5 / 43.b.5/ 45.13)

EA2.1 Facility conditions and selection of appropriate procedures during abnormal and emergency operations.

IMPORTANCE RO 3.4 SRO 4.2

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 167 of 197 20 January 2012 86 ID: 12 NRC EXM SRO Q86A Points: 1.00 Given: The unit is at full power in a normal full power alignment.

The crew has entered 1BOA PRI

-12, UNCONTROLLED DILUTION based on RISING RCS temperatures.

The RO reports that 1TI

-130, LTDWN HX OUTLET TEMP, is reading 78 degrees.

Which of the following actions is contained in 1BOA PRI

-12 and will mitigate this situation?

A. isolate letdown.

B. place 1CV129, DEMIN HI TEMP LTDWN DIVERT VLV, to the VCT position.

C. place 1CV112A, LTDWN TO VCT OR HUT DIVERT VALVE, to the HUT.

D. take manual control of 1TK130, LTDWN HX OUT TEMP CONTROL 1CC130, and RAISE controller output.

Answer: B Answer Explanation:

Meets KA. Requires examinee to analyze an event and based on that, be familiar with what parameters are beyond limits. This requires detailed knowledge of BOA PRI

-12 RNO actions. As such this is an SRO question because of the knowledge required of dianostic steps and decision points contained within the procedure.

The correct answer is correct based on procedure direction to direct the flow stream around the dilution component (i.e demins).

1CV112A divert to the HUT is plausible but not contained in the procedure.

1CC130A action is plausible but in this case is going in the incorrect direction.

Isolating Letdown is plausible but not contained within the procedure.

Ref. 1BOA Pri

-12 step 3 RNO (pg 4)

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 168 of 197 20 January 2012 Question 86 Info Question Type:

Multiple Choice Status: Active Always select on test?

No Authorized for practice?

No Points: 1.00 Time to Complete:

0 Difficulty:

0.00 System ID:

28359 User-Defined ID:

12 NRC EXM SRO Q86A Cross Reference Number:

T.OA22-02 Topic: 2012 NRC EXAM SRO QUESTION 86A Num Field 1:

RO 4.2 Num Field 2:

SRO 4.3 Text Field:

004A2.06 Comments: New Question, High Cog. SRO level 004 Chemical and Volume Control System A2 Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following malfunctions or operations on the CVCS; and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those malfunctions or operations:

(CFR: 41.5/ 43/5 / 43.b.5/ 45/3 / 45/5)

A2.06 Inadvertent boration/dilution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.2 4.3

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 169 of 197 20 January 2012 87 ID: 12 NRC EXAM SRO Q87 Points: 1.00 Given the following conditions:

The unit is in MODE 6.

Core re-load is complete.

1A RH Train is operating in the Shutdown Cooling Mode.

1A CV pump is operating.

RH Letdown is in service.

RCS temperature is 130 degrees F.

The current operation in progress is: LOWERING refueling cavity level in preparation to install the Reactor Vessel Head.

The NSO reports the following concerning 1A RH Train performance:

Motor amps are fluctuating.

Discharge pressure and flow are oscillating.

What action will you direct the NSO to perform FIRST in accordance with 1BOA PRI

-10, LOSS OF RH COOLING?

A. REDUCE RH pump flow.

B. RAISE CC flow to the 1A RH heat exchanger C. Initiate Containment Closure and Evacuation.

D. SHUTDOWN the running RH Train and START the redundant RH train.

Answer: A Answer Explanation:

Meets K/A because the question places the examinee in an operating evolution where NPSH is postulated to be deminishing and based on those predictions to use a procedure to correct or mitigate the consequences of the operation.

The question is SRO level because the answer is not based on entry conditions but rather steps contained within the procedure main body or RNO column.

All distracters are plausible as they are contained within the procedure but the correct answer is correct based on Step 1 RNO actions.

Increasing CC flow is plausible because it is contained within the procedure and if the examinee feels a loss of subcooling has occurred this is a logical action.

Containment closure is plausible as it is a procedure step but only after the running RH pump is stopped.

Starting the redundant RH train is a procedure step but comes after the containment evacuation actions have been implemented.

Ref: 1BOA-PRI-10 EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 170 of 197 20 January 2012 Question 87 Info Question Type:

Multiple Choice Status: Active Always select on test?

No Authorized for practice?

No Points: 1.00 Time to Complete:

0 Difficulty:

0.00 System ID:

28367 User-Defined ID:

12 NRC EXAM SRO Q87 Cross Reference Number:

T.OA20-04 Topic: 2012 NRC Exam SRO Question 87 Num Field 1:

RO 2.7 Num Field 2:

SRO 2.9 Text Field:

005A2.01 Comments: New Question, High Cog. SRO Level 005 Residual Heat Removal System (RHRS)

A2 Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following malfunctions or operations on the RHRS, and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those malfunctions or operations:

(CFR: 41.5 / 43.5 /43.b.5/ 45.3 / 45.13)

A2.01 Failure modes for pressure, flow, pump motor amps, motor temperature, and tank level instrumentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.7 2.9*

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 171 of 197 20 January 2012 88 ID: 2012 NRC EXM SRO Q88 Points: 1.00 Given: The Unit experienced a Large Break LOCA 5 minutes ago from full power.

All systems responded as designed.

The Reactor Operator reports to you that the following annunciators are LIT on panel 6.

Annunciator _ A2, RH PUMP AUTO START Annunciator _ A1, RH PUMP TRIP 1B RH pump control switch has an amber disagreement light

Which ONE of the below actions will you direct the crew to take based on the current annunciator status?

Place the 1A Place the 1B control switch in:

control switch in:

A. after close leave "as is" B. after close pull out C. leave "as is" pull out D. leave "as is" leave "as is" Answer: B Answer Explanation:

Meets KA. Requires examinee knowledge of Alarm Response Procedures of the ECCS components and the SRO to provide direction of control board operation of those components, making this an SRO question.

The correct answer is correct based on BAR 1 A1 (trip) and 1-6-A2 (auto start) actions.

Leave "as is" is considered plausible, however is not in accordance with the procedures.

Ref: BAR 1 A1 and A2 EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 172 of 197 20 January 2012 Question 88 Info Question Type:

Multiple Choice Status: Active Always select on test?

No Authorized for practice?

No Points: 1.00 Time to Complete:

0 Difficulty:

0.00 System ID:

28360 User-Defined ID:

2012 NRC EXM SRO Q88 Cross Reference Number:

T.EP02-01-D Topic: 2012 NRC Exam SRO Question 88 Num Field 1:

RO 4.2 Num Field 2:

SRO 4.0 Text Field:

006gen2.4.50 Comments: New Question, Low Cog, SRO level 006 Emergency Core Cooling System (ECCS) 2.4 Emergency Procedures / Plan (continued) ll 2.4.50 Ability to verify system alarm setpoints and operate controls identified in the l alarm response manual.

l (CFR: 41.10 / 43.5 / 43.b.5/ 45.3) l IMPORTANCE RO 4.2 SRO 4.0

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 173 of 197 20 January 2012 89 ID: 2012 NRC EXM SRO Q89 Points: 1.00 Given: 2BOA PRI-1, EXCESSIVE PRIMARY PLANT LEAKAGE, was entered due to a partially OPEN pressurizer PORV.

Manual isolation was attempted but was UNSUCCESSFUL.

A Reactor Trip and Safety Injection actuation has occurred.

With the EOPs entered, when will the actions of 2BOA PRI

-1 be continued/completed?

2BOA PRI-1 actions...

A. will NOT be completed.

B. IMMEDIATELY upon transition OUT OF 2BEP

-0. C. will be resumed after 2BEP

-1, LOSS OF REACTOR OR SECONDARY COOLANT, is exited.

D. will be resumed IMMEDIATELY after the completion of the Immediate Actions Steps of 2BEP

-0, REACTOR TRIP OR SAFETY INJECTION.

Answer: A Answer Explanation:

Meets K/A. Requires examinee to have knowledge of how BOAs are used in conjuction with BEPs. SRO level based on directing the crews procedural transitions.

The correct answer is correct because the BOAs will not be re

-entered, unless specifically called out in a EP, CA or FR procedure after entry into a BEP has been performed. This is deliniated in BAP 1310

-10. Further as a general "rule of thumb" the OA's are applicable only until the reactor is tripped or SI actuated.

All distractors are plausible based on the examinees knowledge of these procedural directions.

Ref: BAP 1310

-10 page 10

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 174 of 197 20 January 2012 Question 89 Info Question Type:

Multiple Choice Status: Active Always select on test?

No Authorized for practice?

No Points: 1.00 Time to Complete:

0 Difficulty:

0.00 System ID:

28352 User-Defined ID:

2012 NRC EXM SRO Q89 Cross Reference Number:

T.OAQ12-02 Topic: 2012 NRC Exam SRO Question 89 Num Field 1:

RO 3.8 Num Field 2:

SRO 4.5 Text Field:

007G2.4.8 Comments: New question, High Cog, SRO level 007 Pressurizer Relief Tank/Quench Tank System (PRTS) 2.4.8 Knowledge of how abnormal operating procedures are used in conjunction with l EOPs. l (CFR: 41.10

/ 43.5 /43.b.5/ 45.13) l IMPORTANCE RO 3.8 SRO 4.5

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 175 of 197 20 January 2012 90 ID: 12 NRC EXAM SRO Q90 Points: 1.00 Given: Unit 1 reactor was at full power.

1A SX pump is OOS.

A reactor trip occurred and 1BEP

-0 "REACTOR TRIP OR SI" was entered.

A Loss of All AC Power occurred two minutes later and BOTH D/Gs did NOT automatically start.

1A D/G was manually started at step 5 of 1BCA

-0.0, LOSS OF ALL AC POWER.

1A D/G output breaker automatically closed and re

-energized bus 141.

1B D/G could NOT be started.

An EO reports 1A DG local alarm 1PL07J C2, ESSENTIAL SERVICE WATER FLOW LOW is LIT solid.

Under these conditions, the next ACTION the SRO takes is to-A. transition to 1BEP

-0, REACTOR TRIP OR SAFETY INJECTION.

B. transition to 1BOA ELEC

-3, LOSS OF 4KV ESF BUS.

C. transition to 1BOA PRI

-7, ESSENTIAL SERVICE WATER MALFUNCTION.

D. remain in 1BCA

-0.0, dispatch an operator to emergency stop the DGs and perform steps to cross tie bus 142 to bus 242

Answer: D Answer Explanation:

Question meets KA

- question requires examinee predict the impacts of loss of SWS malfunction on the SX system and determine correct actions to mitigate the consequences of malfunction. Prior to transitioning out of 1BCA

-0.0 in step 5, the procedure checks to ensure DG support systems are energized. In this case the 1A DG did not have SX pp support, so transitioning out of CA

-0.0 is incorrect transition. CA

-0.0 continues to cross tie ESF buses with opposite unit according to which train has DG support equipment available. In this case bus 142 has SX pump available so it will be crosstied to unit 2 in CA

-0.0. This is an SRO level question because the examinee is required to assess the conditions and then select the procedure or portion of procedure to mitigate the event.

A is incorrect, this would leave the 1A DG running without cooling for an extended period of time. D is correct, the 1A DG is running without cooling so it is immediately stopped. Further action in 1BCA 0.0 will cross tie the ESF busses with U

-2 and get the 1B SX pump running to support DG cooling on U

-1. C is incorrect, this would leave the 1A DG running without cooling for an extended period of time. B is incorrect, this is improper transition from CA

-0.0. Ref: BCA 0.0 step 5 (pg. 5 and 6)

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 176 of 197 20 January 2012 Question 90 Info Question Type:

Multiple Choice Status: Active Always select on test?

No Authorized for practice?

No Points: 1.00 Time to Complete:

0 Difficulty:

0.00 System ID:

28260 User-Defined ID:

12 NRC EXAM SRO Q90 Cross Reference Number:

7D.CA-001A Topic: 2012 NRC Exam SRO Question 90 Num Field 1:

RO 3.5 Num Field 2:

SRO 3.7 Text Field:

076A2.01 Comments: From Brwd 2011 Cert Exam Hi Cog SRO Level 076 Service Water System (SWS)

A2 Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following malfunctions or operations on the SWS; and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those malfunctions or operations:

(CFR: 41.5 / 43.5 / 43.b.5/ 45/3 / 45/13)

A2.01 Loss of SWS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.5* 3.7

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 177 of 197 20 January 2012 91 ID: 2012 NRC EXAM SRO 91 Points: 1.00 Given: Unit 1 is in Mode 3.

1D RCP is running.

Operators are preparing to close ALL Reactor Trip Breakers and energize ALL Control Rod Drive Mechanisms.

Based on the above conditions, a second RCS loop must be placed in operation to-A. reduce core neutron leakage by acting as a reflector.

B. ensure homogeneous boron concentration throughout the core.

C. ensure adequate core decay heat removal.

D. mitigate the postulated power excursion from accidental control rod withdrawal.

Answer: D Answer Explanation:

Question meets KA

- question requires examinee knowledge of the bases in Tech Specs.. Is SRO level based on the bases and application of the required actions.

TS 3.4.5 bases requires two RCS loops in operation to ensure postulated accidents associated with a power excursion from inadvertent control rod withdrawal is mitigated.

A is incorrect, reason is for RCS loops in operation in Modes 1 and 2. Reactor is subcritical in Mode 3.

B is incorrect, reason is for one RCS loop in operation. One RCS loop will provide adequate boron mixing.

D is correct, see explanation above.

C is incorrect, reason is for one RCS loop in operation. One RCS loop will provide adequate decay heat removal.

Ref T/S B 3.4.5 pages 1 and 2.

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 178 of 197 20 January 2012 Question 91 Info Question Type:

Multiple Choice Status: Active Always select on test?

No Authorized for practice?

No Points: 1.00 Time to Complete:

0 Difficulty:

0.00 System ID:

28281 User-Defined ID:

2012 NRC EXAM SRO 91 Cross Reference Number:

S.RC1-14 Topic: 2012 NRC Exam SRO Question #91 Num Field 1:

RO 3.2 Num Field 2:

SRO 4.2 Text Field:

002 2.2.25 Comments: Bank Question from 2009 Brwd Cert. exam Low Cog 002 Reactor Coolant System 2.2.25 Knowledge of the bases in Technical Specifications for limiting conditions for l operations and safety limits.

l (CFR: 41.5 / 41.7 / 43.2/ 43.b.2)

IMPORTANCE RO 3.2 SRO 4.2

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 179 of 197 20 January 2012 92 ID: 2012 NRC EX SRO Q92 Points: 1.00 A startup is in progress following a reactor trip that occurred 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> ago. The following plant conditions exist:

Unit 1 is in MODE 2.

Shutdown Banks are all withdrawn.

Control Bank D is 50 steps withdrawn.

Rx power is stable at 1.0 E

-3% power. THEN: A fault on SAT 142

-1 occurs, which results in a loss of DRPI and Rod Bottom Lights.

The NEXT 2 procedures entered, IN ORDER, are:

A. 1BFR-S.1, RESPONSE TO NUCLEAR POWER GENERATION/ATWS, to 1BEP-0, REACTOR TRIP OR SAFETY INJECTION.

B. 1BFR-S.1, RESPONSE TO NUCLEAR POWER GENERATION/ATWS, to 1BEP ES-0.2, NATURAL CIRCULATION COOLDOWN.

C. 1BEP-0, REACTOR TRIP OR SAFETY INJECTION, to 1BGP 100

-5 PLANT SHUTDOWN AND COOLDOWN.

D. 1BEP-0, REACTOR TRIP OR SAFETY INJECTION, to 1BEP ES

-0.1, REACTOR TRIP RESPONSE.

Answer: D Answer Explanation:

Meets KA. Questions examinee on Loss of offsite power, states that DRPI will be lost in this situation, unit not on line, and requires examinee to use the correct procedures to mitigate the consequences of the loss of offsite power. SRO question requiring examinee to assess plant conditions and then select the appropriate 2 procedures which will next be entered.

The correct answer is correct because a fault on either SAT will result in both SATs deenergizing resulting in a loss of all AC Buses until the DGs start and supply the ESF buses. Per page 1 of E

-0 under symptoms of a reactor trip, a rapid drop is neutron level indicated by nuclear instrumentation will be exhibited and this procedure should be invoked. Since a Safety Injection condition is not indicated in the question stem the proper transition is to ES

-0.1 Reactor trip response.

BFR S.1 is considered plausible based on the misconception that the examinee has lost indication of reactor power due to ROD Bottom lights and DRPI not being available.

Go to BGP 100

-5 is considered plausible but to get there you first transition to BEP ES-01. If NO RCPs are running, as is the case with the question stem, then entry to BEP ES-0.2 is the correct path but again you need to go to ES

-0.1 first.

Ref: 1BEP-0 Symptoms or Entry Conditions, 1BEP ES

-0.1 Nat. Circ. Cooldown and step 14 (kick out to ES

-0.2)

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 180 of 197 20 January 2012 Question 92 Info Question Type:

Multiple Choice Status: Active Always select on test?

No Authorized for practice?

No Points: 1.00 Time to Complete:

0 Difficulty:

0.00 System ID:

28330 User-Defined ID:

2012 NRC EX SRO Q92 Cross Reference Number:

T.OA04-12 Topic: 2012 NRC Exam SRO Question 92 Num Field 1:

R.O 2.8 Num Field 2:

SRO 3.3 Text Field:

014A2.01 Comments: Bank Question, High Cog, SRO Level 014 Rod Position Indication System (RPIS)

A2 Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following malfunctions or operations on the RPIS; and (b) based on those on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those malfunctions or operations

(CFR: 41.5 / 43.5 /43.b.5/ 45.3 / 45.13)

A2.01 Loss of offsite power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.8 3.3

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 181 of 197 20 January 2012 93 ID: 2012 NRC EXM SRO Q93 Points: 1.00 Given The 1A DG is running for the monthly surveillence.

A heat detector malfunction in the 1A DG room has resulted in a CO2 actuation.

The CO2 actuation _____(1)______ cause the diesel to TRIP.

This event is ____(2)_____.

A. (1) will (2) NOT Reportable B. (1) will (2) Reportable C. (1) will NOT (2) Reportable D. (1) will NOT (2) NOT Reportable Answer: C Answer Explanation:

Meets K/A. Requires examinee to analyze a faulty fire protection detector and what effect that will have on a running DG. The question further asks about the reportability manual to make this an SRO question.

The correct answer is correct based on the fact that the DG will continue to run and that the event is classified as reportable in accordance with LS

-AA-1110. The detector failure causes CO2 actuation, creating a hazardous environment which is entry to either a UE or an Al. Any EAL is reportable.

All distractors are plausible based on examinee knowledge.

Ref: LS-AA-1110 Reportable event SAF 1.12 (pg. 46) or 1.13 (pg 48) or SAF 1.23 (pg.

70)

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 182 of 197 20 January 2012 Question 93 Info Question Type:

Multiple Choice Status: Active Always select on test?

No Authorized for practice?

No Points: 1.00 Time to Complete:

0 Difficulty:

0.00 System ID:

28362 User-Defined ID:

2012 NRC EXM SRO Q93 Cross Reference Number:

8E.AM-102 Topic: 2012 NRC Exam SRO question 93 Num Field 1:

RO 2.7 Num Field 2:

SRO 2.9 Text Field:

086A2.03 Comments: New Question, High Cog, SRO level 086 Fire Protection System (FPS)

A2 Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following malfunctions or operations on the Fire Protection System; and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those malfunctions or operations:

(CFR: 41.5 / 43.5 / 45.3 / 45.13)

A2.03 Inadvertent actuation of the FPS due to circuit failure or welding . . . . . . . . 2.7 2.9

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 183 of 197 20 January 2012 94 ID: 12 NRC EXAM SRO Q94 Points: 1.00 Per BAP 1310

-10, HU-AA-104-101, PROCEDURE USE AND ADHERENCE, BYRON ADDENDUM, which of the following correctly describes when an emergency procedure action on the Operator Action Summary (OAS) page, is applicable?

A. Only PRIOR to performing the applicable step in the main body of the procedure. B. ANY time during the applicable procedure performance, unless a specific procedural starting point is referenced in the action.

C. Only after proceeding PAST the applicable step in the main body of the procedure, AND it MAY apply after a transition is made to another procedure.

D. Only after proceeding PAST the applicable step in the main body of the procedure, BUT it will NEVER apply after a transition is made to another procedure.

Answer: B Answer Explanation:

The question meets the K/A, requires examinee ability to interpret and execute procedure steps. Examinee must know rules of usage for operator action summary actions in order to properly execute them.

The question is SRO level because SROs read and direct the emergency procedure actions and have the responsibility of monitoring the OAS actions as the procedure is being performed. Although ROs are responsible for the content of the OAS, the SRO is responsible for knowing the rules of usage and when to implement OAS actions.

BAP 1310-10 states that a step on the OAS page contains information that must be monitored throughout the procedure.

Choice A is incorrect, OAS actions apply as soon as the procedure is entered.

Choice D is incorrect, however, this may be applicable to continuous action summary steps depending on the action and whether it is superseded or no longer applicable to the next procedure.

Choice C is incorrect, however, this may be applicable to continuous action summary steps depending on the action and whether it is superseded or no longer applicable to the next procedure.

Choice B is correct, see explanation above Ref: BAP 1310

-01 pg. 11 and 15

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 184 of 197 20 January 2012 Question 94 Info Question Type:

Multiple Choice Status: Active Always select on test?

No Authorized for practice?

No Points: 1.00 Time to Complete:

0 Difficulty:

0.00 System ID:

28264 User-Defined ID:

12 NRC EXAM SRO Q94 Cross Reference Number:

T.AM04-16 Topic: 2012 NRC Exam SRO Question 94 Num Field 1:

RO 4.6 Num Field 2:

SRO 4.6 Text Field:

Generic 2.1.20 Comments: Bank Question (2011 Brwd NRC Exam)

Low Cog, SRO Level 2.1 Conduct of Operations 2.1.20 Ability to interpret and execute procedure steps.

l (CFR: 41.10 / 43.5 /43.b.5 / 45.12) l IMPORTANCE RO 4.6 SRO 4.6

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 185 of 197 20 January 2012 95 ID: 2012 NRC EX SRO Q95 Points: 1.00 Given: A Special Test is to be conducted for the Electrical Engineering Group in accordance with

OP-AA-108-110, EVALUATION OF SPECIAL TESTS OR EVOLUTIONS.

From the below list, what are the Operation's Department procedural responsibilities associated with conducting this test?

1. Approves the implementation of the test
2. Leads the HLA/IPA
3. Attends the HLA/IPA
4. Attends the PJB
5. Coordinates the test
6. Ensures appropriate Station Management is present for the test.

A. 1 and 3 B. 1 and 6 C. 2 and 5 D. 4 and 5 Answer: A Answer Explanation:

Meets K/A. Tests examinee on the process for conducting special or infrequent tests.

This is SRO level knowledge due to approval of the test which is an operations department function.

Per OP-AA-108-110 Operations Shift Management (section 3.4) approves the implementation of the test, and (section 4.3.3) attends the HLA/IPA.

All other distractors are plausible based on examinee's knowledge of the procedure.

Coordination is done by the test coordinator PJB's are not performed for these activities The HLA/IPA will be conducted by senior line management or designee The Senior Line Manager or Test Coordinator will ensure appropriate station senior management is present.

Ref: OP-AA-108-110 pgs. 2 and 4

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 186 of 197 20 January 2012 Question 95 Info Question Type:

Multiple Choice Status: Active Always select on test?

No Authorized for practice?

No Points: 1.00 Time to Complete:

0 Difficulty:

0.00 System ID:

28332 User-Defined ID:

2012 NRC EX SRO Q95 Cross Reference Number:

T.AM23-01-B Topic: 2012 NRC Exam SRO Question 95 Num Field 1:

RO 2.9 Num Field 2:

SRO 3.6 Text Field:

Gen. 2.2.7 Comments: New Question, Low Cog., SRO level 2.2 Equipment Control 2.2.7 Knowledge of the process for conducting special or infrequent tests.

l (CFR: 41.10 / 43.3 / 45.13)

IMPORTANCE RO 2.9 SRO 3.6

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 187 of 197 20 January 2012 96 ID: 2012 NRC EX SRO Q96 Points: 1.00 Given: Unit 1 is at full power, in a normal full power alignment.

You are the Unit 1 Unit Supervisor.

Annunciator 1 D6, 125V DC BUS 111 GROUND, ALARMED 10 minutes ago.

You have dispatched an Equipment Operator to investigate in accordance with the Alarm Response Procedure.

The Equipment Operator reports back that the Bus 111 Ground Detector is reading +118 volts to ground.

Choose the correct answer concerning the (1) priority of the work and (2) whether to enter 1BOL DC-1, LCOAR, ESF BUS DC GROUNDS?

(1) (2) Priority Enter 1BOL DC

-1 A. B1 no B. B1 yes C. B3 no D. B3 yes Answer: B Answer Explanation:

Meets KA, Requires knowledge of procedures for work prioritization. SRO level due to determining LCOAR entry.

Per 1BOL DC1 grounds greater than 115 volts are B

-1 priority. The BOL is entered at greater than or equal to 75 volts to ground.

All distractors are plausible based on examinee's knowledge.

Ref: BAR 1 D6 and 1BOL DC1 pg.3

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 188 of 197 20 January 2012 Question 96 Info Question Type:

Multiple Choice Status: Active Always select on test?

No Authorized for practice?

No Points: 1.00 Time to Complete:

0 Difficulty:

0.00 System ID:

28333 User-Defined ID:

2012 NRC EX SRO Q96 Cross Reference Number:

7E.AM-138-A Topic: 2012 NRC Exam SRO Question 96 Num Field 1:

RO 2.6 Num Field 2:

SRO 3.8 Text Field:

Generic 2.2.17 Comments: New Question, Low Cog, SRO Level 2.2.17 Knowledge of the process for managing maintenance activities during power l operations, such as risk assessments, work prioritization, and coordination with l the transmission system operator.

l (CFR: 41.10 / 43.5 / 45.13) l IMPORTANCE RO 2.6 SRO 3.8

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 189 of 197 20 January 2012 97 ID: 2012 NRC EX SRO Q97 Points: 1.00 Given: The 0E Waste Gas Decay Tank has been sampled by Chemistry and reported to contain 3.8 E+5 Curies.

The tank pressure is 75 psig.

Your required action AND mitigating strategy to control the release associated with this Waste Gas Decay Tank will be...

Action Mitigating Strategy A. Enter 0BOA RAD

-3, DECAY pressurize WGDT to 95 psig TANK HIGH ACTIVITY with nitrogen gas B. Isolate WGDT let WGDT decay for 30 days C. Enter 0BOA RAD

-3, DECAY transfer some of the tank contents TANK HIGH ACTIVITY to another WGDT D. place standby WGDT on line perform a release of 0E WGDT Answer: C Answer Explanation:

Meets KA by requiring examinee knowledge of entry condition of BOA (RO Level) and assessing plant conditions and implementing a mitigating strategy (SRO level) for high activity associated with a waste gas decay tank.

The correct answer is correct per the procedure.

Pressurizing the WGDT with N2 is considered plausible based on N2 connections to the Waste Gas System and pressurizing the system may be a misconception to dilute the tank contents.

Isolating the tank is a plausible distractor if the examinee is not aware of entry conditions to the BOA, letting the tank decay for 30 days is also plausible.

Placing another WGDT in standby and performing a release of the 0E WGDT is plausible if the candidate believes there is no problem.

Ref: 0BOA RAD

-3 step 2 (pg 2)

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 190 of 197 20 January 2012 Question 97 Info Question Type:

Multiple Choice Status: Active Always select on test?

No Authorized for practice?

No Points: 1.00 Time to Complete:

0 Difficulty:

0.00 System ID:

28334 User-Defined ID:

2012 NRC EX SRO Q97 Cross Reference Number:

T.OA26-03 Topic: 2012 NRC Exam SRO Question 97 Num Field 1:

RO 3.8 Num Field 2:

SRO 4.3 Text Field:

Gen. 2.3.11 Comments: New Question, Low Cog, SRO Level 2.3 Radiation Control 2.3.11 Ability to control radiation releases.

l (CFR: 41.11 / 43.4 / 43.b.5/ 45.10) l IMPORTANCE RO 3.8 SRO 4.3

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 191 of 197 20 January 2012 98 ID: 12 NRC EXAM SRO Q98 Points: 1.00

- Unit 1 is mode 2, with a Unit start up in progress.

- 1BGP 100-2A1, REACTOR STARTUP, has just been completed.

- An emergent activity requires a containment entry.

In accordance with BAP 1450

-1, ACCESS TO CONTAINMENT, which one of the following Unit 1 activities must the US ensure does NOT occur during the containment entry?

A. A mode change to Mode 3.

B. A mode change to Mode 1.

C. A containment release.

D. An RCFC fan swap.

Answer: B Answer Explanation:

The question meets the K/A, requires examinee knowledge of radiological safety procedures pertaining to containment entry.

The question is SRO level because mode changes are authorized by the SM and require SRO concurrence.

BAP 1450-1, Access To Containment, step 4.3.1.1 restricts operations from changing modes to a higher power level with personnel in containment. However, changing modes to a lower power level is acceptable.

Choice B is correct, see explanation above.

Choice A is incorrect, see explanation above.

Choice D is incorrect, a containment release does not have any restrictions during containment entry.

Choice C is incorrect, a RCFC swap does not have any restrictions during containment entry. Ref: BAP 1450

-1 step 4.3.1 (pg 4)

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 192 of 197 20 January 2012 Question 98 Info Question Type:

Multiple Choice Status: Active Always select on test?

No Authorized for practice?

No Points: 1.00 Time to Complete:

0 Difficulty:

0.00 System ID:

28266 User-Defined ID:

12 NRC EXAM SRO Q98 Cross Reference Number:

T.AM17-01 Topic: 2012 NRC Exam SRO Question 98 Num Field 1:

R.O. 3.4 Num Field 2:

SRO 3.8 Text Field:

Generic 2.3.13 Comments: Bank Question from Braidwood 2011 NRC Exam Low Cog. SRO Level 2.3.13 Knowledge of radiological safety procedures pertaining to licensed operator l duties, such as response to radiation monitor alarms, containment entry l requirements, fuel handling responsibilities, access to locked high-radiation l areas, aligning filters, etc.

l (CFR: 41.12 / 43.4 / 45.9 / 45.10)

IMPORTANCE RO 3.4 SRO 3.8

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 193 of 197 20 January 2012 99 ID: 2012 NRC EXM SRO Q99 Points: 1.00 Given: The crew is currently staffed with the minimum number of required qualified fire brigade members per BAP 320

-1, SHIFT STAFFING.

Six hours into a twelve hour shift, a fire brigade member must leave work unexpectedly.

Under these conditions, to meet the requirements of BAP 320

-1, the SM/designee...

A. does NOT need to call out a replacement BECAUSE the Fire Brigade is allowed one unexpected absence for a PARTIAL shift.

B. must take IMMEDIATE action to call out a replacement AND have the position filled within 2 hours2.314815e-5 days <br />5.555556e-4 hours <br />3.306878e-6 weeks <br />7.61e-7 months <br />.

C. does NOT need to call out a replacement BECAUSE the Fire Brigade Chief can fill the member's role during an unexpected absence for a PARTIAL shift.

D. must take action WITHIN 2 HOURS to call out a replacement AND have the position filled as soon as possible after that.

Answer: B Answer Explanation:

The question meets the KA, requires knowledge of the fire brigade requirements. The question is SRO level because maintaining the minimum shift staffing is the responsibility of the SM (SRO) and is normally delegated to the WEC supervisor during emergent backshift situations.

Per BAP 320

-1, step C.2, Fire Brigade composition may be less than the minimum requirements for a period not to exceed 2 hours2.314815e-5 days <br />5.555556e-4 hours <br />3.306878e-6 weeks <br />7.61e-7 months <br /> in order to accommodate unexpected absence provided immediate action is taken to fill the vacancy.

All distractors are plausible based on the examinee's knowledge of this procedure.

Ref: BAP 320

-1 (pg. 4)

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 194 of 197 20 January 2012 Question 99 Info Question Type:

Multiple Choice Status: Active Always select on test?

No Authorized for practice?

No Points: 1.00 Time to Complete:

0 Difficulty:

0.00 System ID:

28354 User-Defined ID:

2012 NRC EXM SRO Q99 Cross Reference Number:

7E.AM-057-A Topic: 2012 NRC Exam SRO Question 99 Num Field 1:

RO 3.1 Num Field 2:

SRO 3.6 Text Field:

Gen. 2.4.26 Comments: Bank Question, Low Cog, SRO level 2.4 Emergency Procedures / Plan 2.4.26 Knowledge of facility protection requirements, including fire brigade and l portable fire fighting equipment usage.

l (CFR: 41.10 / 43.5 / 45.12) l IMPORTANCE RO 3.1 SRO 3.6

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 195 of 197 20 January 2012 100 ID: 2012 NRC EX SRO Q100 Points: 1.00 The Tech Spec limits for the amount of stored diesel fuel oil that is required to be maintained on site is based upon having sufficient supply for each diesel generator to supply...

Note: LOCA - Loss of Coolant Accident LOOP - Loss of Off Site Power A. 3 days of post LOCA load demand.

B. 7 days of post LOCA load demand.

C. 14 days of post LOOP shutdown load demand.

D. 30 days of post LOOP shutdown load demand.

Answer: B Answer Explanation:

The question meets the K/A, requires examinee ability to explain system limits.

Tech Spec 3.8.3 bases states the DG are supplied with enough stored oil for 7 days of post LOCA loads.

The question is SRO level because it requires knowledge of Tech Spec bases.

Choice D is incorrect, 3 days (72 hours8.333333e-4 days <br />0.02 hours <br />1.190476e-4 weeks <br />2.7396e-5 months <br />) is action completion time for TS 3.8.1 qualified circuit. Choice B is correct, see explanation above.

Choice C is incorrect, 14 days is action completion time for TS 3.8.1 DG.

Choice A is incorrect, 30 days is action completion time for TS 3.8.3 fuel oil properties out of tolerance.

Ref: B 3.8.3 LCO portion (pg. 2)

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 196 of 197 20 January 2012 Question 100 Info Question Type:

Multiple Choice Status: Active Always select on test?

No Authorized for practice?

No Points: 1.00 Time to Complete:

0 Difficulty:

0.00 System ID:

28355 User-Defined ID:

2012 NRC EX SRO Q100 Cross Reference Number:

S.DG1-12 Topic: 2012 NRC Exam SRO Quest. 100 Num Field 1:

RO 3.8 Num Field 2:

SRO 4.0 Text Field:

gen. 2.1.32 Comments: Bank question (2011 Bwd NRC Exam SRO portion) Low cog, sro level

2.1 Conduct of Operations 2.1.32 Ability to explain and apply system limits and precautions.

l (CFR: 41.10 / 43.2 / 45.12)

IMPORTANCE RO 3.8 SRO 4.0

EXAMINATION ANSWER KEY 2012 Byron NRC Exam BYR_OPS_08 Page: 197 of 197 20 January 2012 Byron January 20 1 2 IL E Written Examination Answer Key Questions 1 through 75 are RO level questions.

Questions 76 through 100 are SRO level questions.

Q# Answer Q# Answer Q# Answer Q# Answer 1 B 26 D 51 C 76(1) D 2 C 27 D 52 A 77(2) D 3 D 28 A 53 B 78(3) D 4 B 29 A 54 C 79(4) B 5 A 30 C 55 C 80(5) C 6 B 31 D 56 D 81(6) C 7 D 32 A 57 B 82(7) D 8 A 33 B 58 D 83(8) D 9 D 34 B 59 A 84(9) C 10 B 35 B 60 B 85(10) B 11 B 36 D 61 C 86(11) B 12 C 37 A 62 C 87(12) A 13 D 38 B 63 C 88(13) B 14 A 39 A 64 D 89(14) A 15 A 40 B 65 C 90(15) D 16 D 41 D 66 B 91(16) D 17 C 42 A 67 C 92(17) D 18 A 43 B 68 A 93(18) C 19 C 44 B 69 D 94(19) B 20 D 45 B 70 A 95(20) A 21 A 46 D 71 B 96(21) B 22 B 47 D 72 A 97(22) C 23 A 48 B 73 B 98(23) B 24 C 49 D 74 B 99(24) B 25 C 50 C 75 A 100(25) B